Skip to main content

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

See other formats


Ximlu 


ill  III 

r 


1IJ 


li 

V 


ii 

Jill 

ill 

IfflMffi 


ii 


Bit 


I 
F 

fife 


mm 


'Mia 


UUK 


III  tHSjSBKHilHlftUf 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley197172leba 


LEBANON  VALLEY  COLLEGE 


Lebanon  Valley  College  Bul- 
letin. Published  quarterly 
by  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
Laughlin  Hall,  Annville, 
Pennsylvania  17003 


Volume  IV,  Number  4, 
Winter,  1970 


The  College  reserves  the 
right  to  change  any  provisions 
or  requirements  at  any  time 
within  the  student's  term  of 
residence. 


Second  class  postage  paid 
at  Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003 


CALENDAR  1970 


JANUARY 
S    M   T  W  T    F     S 
12    3 

4  5  6  7  8  9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

MAY 

5  M   T  W  T    F     S 

1  2 
3  4  5  6  7  8  9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

SEPTEMBER 

5  M   T  W   T     F     S 

12    3    4    5 

6  7  8  9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30 


FEBRUARY 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4  5  6  7 
8  9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 


JUNE 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4  5  6 
7  8  9  10  1112  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30 


OCTOBER 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
1  2  3 
4  5  6  7  8  9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 


MARCH 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4  5  6  7 
8  9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30  31 

JULY 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4 
5  6  7  8  9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31 


NOVEMBER 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
12  3  4  5  6  7 
8  9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30 


APRIL 
S   M   T  W  T    F    S 
12    3    4 
5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

26  27  28  29  30 

AUGUST 
S  M  T  W  T  F  S 
1 
2  3  4  5  6  7  8 
9  10  11  12  13  14  15 
16  17  18  19  20  21  22 
23  24  25  26  27  28  29 
30  31 

DECEMBER 

5  M  T  W  T    F    S 

12     3    4     5 

6  7    8    9   10  11  12 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

27  28  29  30  31 


CALENDAR  1971 


JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

MARCH 

APRIL 

S   M   T   W   T    F    S 

S   M   T   W  T   F    S 

S    M   T   W   T    F     S 

S   M   T  W  T   F    S 

1     2 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

7    8    9   10  11  12  13 

7    8    9   10  11  12  13 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

28 

28  29  30  31 

25  26  27  28  29  30 

MAY 

JUNE 

JULY 

AUGUST 

S   M   T  W   T   F    S 

S   M   T  W  T   F    S 

S   M   T   W  T   F    S 

S   M   T  W  T   F    S 

1 

12    3    4    5 

12    3 

12    3    4    5    6    7 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 

8    9  1011  12  13  14 

9   10  11  12  13  14  15 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 

15  16  1718  19  20  21 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

27  28  29  30 

25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

29  30  31 

30  31 

SEPTEMBER 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S   M   T  W  T   F    S 

S   M   T  W   T   F    S 

S   M   T  W  T   F    S 

S   M  T  W  T   F    S 

12    3    4 

1     2 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3    4 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

7    8    9   10  11  12  13 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

26  27  28  29  30 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

28  29  30 

26  27  28  29  30  31 

COLLEGE  CALENDAR  1970/1971 

1970  First  Semester 

Sept.    10, 11  Thursday,  Friday   Faculty  Retreat 

12  Saturday    Board  of  Trustees  Retreat 

14-16  Monday  through  Wednesday Orientation  for  new  students 

15, 16  Tuesday,  Wednesday Registration 

17  Thursday,  8:00  a.m Classes  begin 

17  Thursday,  11 :00  a.m Opening  College  Convocation 

Oct.  6  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Religion  and  Life  Lecture 

27,  28  Tuesday,  Wednesday Balmer  Showers  Lectureship 

31  Saturday    Homecoming  Day 

Nov.  7  Saturday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

11  Wednesday    Mid-semester  grades  due 

25  Wednesday,  1 :00  p.m Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

30  Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

Dec.        2-9  Wednesday  through  Wednesday  . . .  Pre-registration  for  2nd  semester 

18  Friday,  5:00  p.m Christmas  vacation  begins 

1971 

Jan.  4  Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

15  Friday,  5:00  p.m Classes  end 

16-19  Saturday  through  Tuesday Reading  period 

20-26  Wednesday  through  Tuesday First  semester  examinations 

26  Tuesday,  5:00  p.m First  semester  ends 

Second  Semester 

Feb.  1  Monday    Registration 

2  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m Classes  begin 

23  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Founders'  Day 

Mar.       8-11  Monday  through  Thursday Religious  Emphasis  Week 

19-28  Friday  through  Sunday Concert  Choir  Tour 

30  Tuesday    Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  Day 

Apr.  2  Friday,  5:00  p.m Easter  vacation  begins 

13  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

20  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Religion  and  Life  Lecture 

21-28  Wednesday  through  Wednesday  ....  Pre-registration  for  1st  semester,  1971-1972, 

and  Summer  Session,  1971 

25  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Symphonic  Band 

May  1  Saturday    Alumni  Day 

9  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Chorus  and  Orchestra 

18  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Awards  and  Recognition  Day 

21  Friday,  5:00  p.m Classes  end 

22-25  Saturday  through  Tuesday Reading  period 

26-June  1  Wednesday  through  Tuesday Second  semester  examinations 

1  Tuesday,  5 :00  p.m Second  semester  ends 

4  Friday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

5  Saturday    Orientation  for  incoming  new  students 

6  Sunday,  9:00  a.m Baccalaureate  Service 

6  Sunday,  11:00  a.m 102nd  Annual  Commencement 

1971  Summer  Session:  June  14-August  6 

3 


CALENDAR  1971 


JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

MARCH 

APRIL 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

1     2 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

7    8    9  10  11  12  13 

7    8    9  10  1112  13 

4    5    6     7    8    9   10 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

28 

28  29  30  31 

25  26  27  28  29  30 

MAY 

JUNE 

JULY 

AUGUST 

S   M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

1 

12    3    4    5 

12    3 

12    3    4    5    6    7 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 

8    9   10  11  12  13  14 

9   10  11  12  13  14  15 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 

15  16  17  18  19  20  21 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

27  28  29  30 

25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

29  30  31 

30  31 

SEPTEMBER 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

12    3    4 

1    2 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3    4 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

7    8    9  10  11  12  13 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

26  27  28  29  30 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

28  29  30 

26  27  28  29  30  31 

CALENDAR  1972 


JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

MARCH 

APRIL 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

1 

12    3    4    5 

12    3    4 

1 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

6    7    8    9   10  11  12 

5    6    7    8    9   10  11 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

9   10  11  12  13  14  15 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

27  28  29 

26  27  28  29  30  31 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  31 

30 

MAY 

JUNE 

JULY 

AUGUST 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M   T   W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

12    3    4    5    6 

12    3 

1 

12    3    4    5 

7    8    9   10  11  12  13 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

11  12  13  14  15  16  17 

9   10  11  12  13  14  15 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 

28  29  30  31 

25  26  27  28  29  30 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 
30  31 

27  28  29  30  31 

SEPTEMBER 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

S    M   T   W  T    F    S 

S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

1     2 

12    3    4    5    6    7 

12    3    4 

1     2 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

8    9  10  11  12  13  14 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

15  16  17  18  19  20  21 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

10  11  12  13  14  15  16 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

22  23  24  25  26  27  28 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 

29  30  31 

26  27  28  29  30 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31 

COLLEGE  CALENDAR  1971/1972 

1971  First  Semester 

Sept.    9,  10  Thursday,  Friday   Faculty  Retreat 

11  Saturday   Board  of  Trustees  Retreat 

13-15  Monday  through  Wednesday   Orientation  for  new  students 

14,  15  Tuesday,  Wednesday   Registration 

16  Thursday,  8:00  a.m Classes  begin 

16  Thursday,  11 :00  a.m Opening  College  Convocation 

Oct.  5  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Religion  and  Life  Lecture 

23  Saturday    Homecoming  Day 

26,  27  .Tuesday,  Wednesday   Balmer  Showers  Lectureship 

Nov.  6  Saturday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

10  Wednesday Mid-semester  grades  due 

24  Wednesday,  1 :00  p.m Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

29  Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

Dec.        1-8  Wednesday  through  Wednesday  ....  Pre-registration  for  2nd  semester 

17  Friday,  5:00  p.m Christmas  vacation  begins 

1972 

Jan.  3  Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

14  Friday,  5:00  p.m Classes  end 

15-18  Saturday  through  Tuesday Reading  period 

19-25  Wednesday  through  Tuesday First  semester  examinations 

25  Tuesday,  5:00  p.m First  semester  ends 

Second  Semester 

31   '  Monday    Registration 

Feb.       1,2  Tuesday,  Wednesday   All-College  Symposium 

3  Thursday,  8:00  a.m Classes  begin 

22  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Founders'  Day 

Mar.      3-12  Friday  through  Sunday Concert  Choir  Tour 

13-16  Monday  through  Thursday Religious  Emphasis  Week 

24  Friday,  5:00  p.m Easter  vacation  begins 

Apr.  4  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

4  Tuesday    Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  Day 

16  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Symphonic  Band 

18  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Religion  and  Life  Lecture 

19-26  Wednesday  through  Wednesday  ....  Pre-registration  for  1st  semester,  1972-1973, 

and  Summer  Session,  1972 

30  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Chorus  and  Orchestra 

May  6  Saturday    Alumni  Day 

16  Tuesday,  11 :00  a.m Awards  and  Recognition  Day 

19  Friday,  5:00  p.m Classes  end 

20-23  Saturday  through  Tuesday Reading  period 

24-30  Wednesday  through  Tuesday Second  semester  examinations 

30  Tuesday,  5:00  p.m Second  semester  ends 

June  2  Friday    Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

3  Saturday    Orientation  for  incoming  new  students 

4  Sunday,  9:00  a.m Baccalaureate  Service 

4  Sunday,  11 :00  a.m 103rd  Annual  Commencement 

1972  Summer  Session:  June  12-August  4 


r»H 


Contents 


College  Profile 8 

College  History   9 

Accreditation    11 

Principles  and  Objectives 11 

Location  and  Environment 12 

Campus  Map   13 

Campus,  Buildings,  and  Equipment 14 

Support  and  Control    16 

Enrollment  Statistics    19 

Information  For  Prospective  Students  20 

Admission   21 

Student  Finances   23 

Financial  Aid   25 

Academic  Programs  and  Procedures 26 

Requirements  For  Degrees 27 

Special  Plans  of  Study 30 

The  College  Honors  Program 47 

Auxiliary  Schools  48 

Marine  Biology  Program   49 

Junior  Year  Abroad  49 

Academic  Procedures   50 

Administrative   Regulations    52 

Student  Activities 54 

The  Religious  Life 55 

Campus  Organizations   57 

Cultural  Opportunities   57 

Student  Government    58 

Athletics  and  Recreation 59 

Courses  of  Study  By  Departments    60 

Directories 112 

Faculty  and  Administrative  Staff 113 

Board  of  Trustees 1 24 

General  Alumni  Organization   128 

Degrees  Conferred    130 

Student  Awards 1 34 

Correspondence  Directory 140 

Index 141 


College  Profile 


COLLEGE  HISTORY 

Officials  of  the  East  Pennsylvania  Conference 
of  the  Church  of  the  United  Brethren  in 
Christ  were  acutely  embarrassed  in  the  spring 
of  1866.  Five  public-spirited  citizens  of  the 
town  of  Annville  had  come  to  Conference  on 
February  22  and  offered  as  a  gift  the  Annville 
Academy  building  on  Main  Street,  which  they 
had  bought  for  $4,500,  providing  that  the 
Conference  would  establish  and  maintain 
there  forever  an  institution  of  learning  of  high 
grade.  The  gift  was  accepted.  The  name 
Lebanon  Valley  College  was  chosen.  It  was 
decided  to  lease  the  property  to  someone 
qualified  to  operate  a  school.  The  opening 
date  was  set  —  May  7.  Planning  then  came  to 
a  stop,  for  they  could  find  no  one  to  take 
the  lease. 

That  was  the  situation  seven  weeks  before 
the  opening  date,  according  to  George  Wash- 
ington Miles  Rigor,  whose  short  account  is 
the  earliest  extant  history  of  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  There  was  no  college  graduate  in 
the  whole  Conference,  and  a  poll  of  Otter- 
bein  College  graduates  failed  to  turn  up  a 
prospect.  Rigor,  a  United  Brethren  minister 
who  had  attended  college  for  only  three 
years,  stepped  into  the  breach.  He  enlisted 
the  cooperation  of  a  neighbor,  Thomas  R. 
Vickroy,  a  Methodist  minister  and  graduate 
of  Dickinson  College.  They  took  over  the  lease 
as  partners  for  the  next  five  years,  Vickroy  to 
run  the  school  and  Rigor  to  act  as  Agent. 
The  building  was  readied  and  Lebanon  Valley 
College  opened  on  May  7,  as  scheduled,  with 
49  students  enrolled.  From  its  first  day  it  was 
coeducational. 

President  Vickroy's  term  was  marked  by 
action.  Eleven  acres  were  added  to  the  "lot 
and  a  half  of  ground"  conveyed  by  the  origi- 
nal deed.  A  spacious  four-story  building  was 
erected.  A  charter  was  granted  by  the  Com- 


monwealth of  Pennsylvania.  A  faculty  was 
hired.  A  complete  college  curriculum,  based 
on  the  classics  but  including  music  and  art, 
was  established,  and  two  classes  were  gradu- 
ated before  Vickroy  gave  up  his  lease  in  1871. 
The  College  was  not  leased  again  but  con- 
tinued operations  through  a  Board  of  Trustees. 

The  five  presidents  during  the  next  25 
years  had  great  difficulty  in  keeping  the 
College  afloat,  due  to  lack  of  support  rang- 
ing from  open  opposition  to  disinterested 
apathy.  There  was  some  progress.  A  library 
was  established  in  1874,  and  a  college  news- 
paper appeared  in  1888.  However,  in  the  fall 
of  1896,  the  school  was  debt-ridden,  living 
from  hand  to  mouth,  with  an  enrollment  of 
only  80. 

The  administration  of  President  Hervin  U. 
Roop,  starting  in  1897,  marked  the  first  real 
period  of  expansion.  Under  his  leadership, 
five  new  buildings  were  erected,  including  a 
library  donated  by  Andrew  Carnegie,  and  the 
Administration  Building  was  re-built  after  the 
disastrous  fire  of  Christmas  Eve,  1904.  By 
1905,  enrollment  had  soared  to  470,  with  a 
faculty  of  23. 

Loss  of  public  confidence  and  financial  sup- 
port prompted  Roop's  resignation  in  1905 
and  the  College  faced  its  darkest  days.  Bank- 
ruptcy was  averted  by  the  keen  business 
sense  and  generosity  of  President  Lawrence 
Keister,  who  served  from  1907  to  1912. 

President  George  D.  Gossard  finally  gave 
the  College  stability  when  he  achieved  for  it 
accreditation  and  a  million  dollar  endowment 
fund,  the  income  from  which  was  to  form  the 
financial  cushion  dreamed  of  by  all  the  presi- 
dents before  him.  By  the  end  of  his  20-year 
term  in  1932,  there  were  653  students  and 
32  faculty  members.  Most  important,  the  Con- 
servatory of  Music  was  accredited  by  the  Com- 
monwealth for  its  program  in   Public  School 


Music,  marking  the  start  of  an  oustanding 
academic  department. 

Following  Dr.  Cossard's  death  in  1932, 
Clyde  A.  Lynch  faced  a  series  of  external  crises 
which  lasted  throughout  his  18  years  as  presi- 
dent. The  stock  market  crash  shrank  the 
handsome  endowment  raised  by  his  predeces- 
sor. The  Depression  of  the  1930's  reduced  the 
enrollment  and  World  War  II  lowered  it  still 
further;  the  post-war  influx  of  veterans  then 
stretched  it  to  more  than  capacity.  In  spite  of 
these  trials,  Dr.  Lynch's  administration  began 
buying  property  adjacent  to  the  campus  to 
allow  for  future  expansion.  It  also  raised  over 
a  half  million  dollars,  part  of  which  was  to  be 
used  for  a  new  physical  education  building. 
This  building,  still  unfinished  at  the  time  of 
Lynch's  death  in  1950,  was  named  in  his  honor 
upon  completion. 

The  twelfth  president  of  the  College,  Fred- 
eric K.  Miller,  served  for  almost  17  years. 
During  his  term,  inflation  caused  mushroom- 
ing costs,  but  the  so-called  "Tidal  Wave  of 
Students"  made  possible  selective  admissions. 
The  greatest  physical  expansion  in  the  history 
of  the  College  occurred,  with  seven  new 
buildings  erected  and  several  renovated.  Two 
major  fund-raising  drives  were  concluded  suc- 
cessfully. Enrollment  increased  by  60%,  with 
a  corresponding  increase  in  faculty  and  ad- 
ministrative staff.  The  Centennial  of  the  found- 
ing of  the  College  was  observed  by  a  year- 
long series  of  events. 

On  April  1,  1967,  Dr.  Miller  retired,  and 
Allan  W.  Mund,  President  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  became  Acting  President.  It  was  not 
until  February  3,  1968,  that  Frederick  P. 
Sample  was  selected  by  the  Board  to  become 
thirteenth  president  of  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege. When  Dr.  Sample  assumed  office  on 
September  1,  1968,  Lebanon  Valley  College 
faced  its  second  century  as  a  fully-accredited, 
church-related,  coeducational  college  of  the 
liberal  arts  and  sciences,  occupying  a  35-acre 
campus  of  26  buildings,  and  supporting  an 
enrollment  of  900  and  a  full-time  faculty  of  58. 

Just  as  the  College  has  changed  through 
the  years,  so  has  the  Church  of  the  United 
Brethren  in  Christ  which  gave  it  birth  and  of- 
fered its  support.  Organized  in  1800  as  the 


first  Christian  church  indigenous  to  the 
United  States,  the  denomination  merged  with 
the  Evangelical  Church  to  become  the  Evan- 
gelical United  Brethren  Church  in  1946.  In 
April,  1968,  this  body  joined  with  the  Metho- 
dist Church  to  form  the  United  Methodist 
Church. 

In  looking  to  its  second  century,  Lebanon 
Valley  College  is  very  conscious  of  the  dream 
of  its  forefathers  that  it  be  "an  institution  of 
learning  of  high  grade."  It  aims  to  be  essen- 
tially what  it  is  now,  a  relatively  small  college 
of  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences  that  takes  its 
historic  Christian  origin  and  current  relation- 
ship seriously. 

Presidents  of  Lebanon  Valley  College 

Rev.  Thomas  Rees  Vickroy,  Ph.D. 

1866-1871 
Lucian  H.  Hammond,  A.M. 

1871-1876 
Rev.  D.  D.  DeLong,  A.M. 

1876-1887 
Rev.  E.  S.  Lorenz,  A.M.,  B.D. 

1887-1889 
Rev.  Cyrus  J.  Kephart,  A.M. 

1889-1890 
E.  Benjamin  Bierman,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

1890-1897 
Rev.  Hervin  U.  Roop,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

1897-1906 
Rev.  Abram  Paul  Funkhouser,  B.S. 

1906-1907 
Rev.  Lawrence  Keister,  S.T.B.,  D.D. 

1907-1912 
Rev.  George  Daniel  Gossard,  B.D.,  D.D.,  LL.D. 

1912-1932 
Rev.  Clyde  Alvin  Lynch,  A.M.,  B.D.,  D.D., 
Ph.D.,  LL.D. 

1932-1950 
Frederic  K.  Miller,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Litt.D.,  D.H.L., 
D.Pd.,  LL.D. 

Acting  President  1950-1951 

President  1951-1967 

Allan  W.  Mund,  LL.D. 

Acting  President  1967-1968 
Frederick  P.  Sample,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Pd.D. 

1968- 


10 


ACCREDITATION 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  accredited  by  the 
following  bodies: 

Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Secondary  Schools 

Department   of  Education   of   Pennsylvania 

National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music 

American  Chemical  Society 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  the 
following  bodies: 
American  Council  on  Education 
Association  of  American  Colleges 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board 
College  Scholarship  Service 
Council  of  Protestant  Colleges  and 

Universities 
Pennsylvania  Foundation  for  Independent 

Colleges 
American  Association  of  Colleges  for 

Teacher  Education 
Pennsylvania  Association  of  Colleges  and 

Universities 
Eastern  Collegiate  Athletic  Conference 
Lebanon  Valley  College  is  on  the  approved 
lists  of  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  the 
State  of  New  York  and  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  University  Women. 

PRINCIPLES  AND  OBJECTIVES 

The  aim  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  to  give  its 
students  the  opportunity  to  procure  a  liberal 
education  of  the  highest  quality.  That  is,  it 
seeks,  first  of  all,  to  acquaint  them  with  the 
basic  facts  and  principles  of  the  cultural  heri- 
tage of  mankind,  including  its  spiritual,  scien- 
tific, literary,  artistic,  and  social  elements. 
Second,  it  seeks  to  develop  in  its  students  the 
capacity  to  use  their  full  intellectual  resources 
in  dealing  with,  formulating  and  communicat- 
ing ideas,  and  making  reasoned  judgments. 
Third,  it  seeks  to  cultivate  those  qualities  of 
personality  and  character,  of  moral  and  social 
responsibility  and  concern,  that  characterize 
personal  maturity  and  constitute  the  basis  of  a 
free  society. 

The    liberal    education    aims    of    Lebanon 
Valley  College  are  set  within  the  context  of 


commitment  to  the  Christian  faith  and  Chris- 
tian values,  and  are  ordered  by  the  conviction 
that  sincere  faith  and  significant  learning  are 
inseparable,  that  all  truth  has  its  origin  and 
end  in  God,  and  that,  therefore,  learner  and 
teacher  alike  not  only  can  be,  but  must  be 
free  to  subject  all  claims  to  truth  and  value, 
both  religious  and  secular,  to  the  tests  of 
honest  and  humble  inquiry,  analysis,  reflec- 
tion, and  redefinition.  And  implicit  in  this 
conviction  is  the  correlate  that  keeping  the 
doors  open  for  exploration  and  application  of 
Christian  truth  and  value  does  not  bar  the  way 
to  the  exploration  of  the  truth  and  value  to 
be  found  in  other  religious  and  philosophical 
traditions  of  mankind.  Finally,  in  the  Christian 
understanding  of  man  as  creature  of  Cod  is 
found  the  basis  of  the  College's  concern  for 
all  its  members  as  persons,  as  God-related  as 
well  as  man-related  and  world-related  beings. 
Thus  through  commitment  to  the  ideal  of 
Christian  higher  education  does  the  College 
seek  to  serve  the  Church  and  the  Christian 
community  which   nourishes  and  sustains  it. 

In  its  policy  of  providing  programs  of  a 
professional  and  pre-professional  nature,  Leb- 
anon Valley  College  does  not  seek  simply  to 
help  educate  persons  who  will  make  their 
own  useful  contribution  to  the  work  of  the 
world  and  to  the  service  of  mankind  in  certain 
professions  and  vocation.  The  College  insists 
that  for  its  students  engaged  in  such  prepara- 
tion the  purposes  of  a  Christian  liberal  educa- 
tion apply  completely  and  must  be  neither  ig- 
nored nor  deprecated  for  the  sake  of  techni- 
cal or  utilitarian  ends  or  in  the  name  of  prag- 
matic or  material  values.  Indeed,  a  liberally 
educated  professional  is  a  more  complete  per- 
son, while  through  his  practice  his  knowledge 
and  interests  are  applied  and  made  relevant 
to  the  world. 

It  is  in  relation  to  these  general  principles 
that  the  following  more  specific  educational 
objectives  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  are  to 
be  understood: 

1.  To  provide  an  opportunity  for  qualified 
young  people  to  procure  a  liberal  educa- 
tion and  to  develop  their  total  personali- 
ties under  Christian  influences. 


11 


4. 


To  help  provide  the  church  with  capa- 
ble and  enlightened  leaders,  both  clerical 
and  lay. 

To  foster  Christian  ideals  and  to  encourage 
faithfulness  to  the  Church  of  the  student's 
choice. 

To  help  train  well-informed,  intelligent, 
and  responsible  citizens,  qualified  for 
leadership  in  community,  state,  and  nation. 
To  provide  pre-professional  students  with 


the  board  preliminary  training  recom- 
mended by  professional  schools  and  pro- 
fessional associations. 

6.  To  provide,  in  an  atmosphere  of  liberal 
culture,  partial  or  complete  training  for 
certain  professions  and  vocations. 

7.  To  provide  opportunity  for  gifted  students 
to  pursue  independent  study  for  the  pur- 
pose of  developing  their  intellectual 
powers  to  the  maximum. 


LOCATION  AND  ENVIRONMENT 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  located  in  Ann- 
ville,  Lebanon  County,  Pennsylvania,  twenty 
miles  east  of  Harrisburg  and  five  miles  west 
of  Lebanon.  The  campus  faces  U.S.  Highway 
422  on  the  south  and  Pennsylvania  Highway 
934  on  the  west.  Lebanon  Valley  College  is 
accessible  from  the  Pennsylvania  Turnpike 
using  the  Lebanon-Lancaster  Interchange, 
Pennsylvania  Highway  72,  and  Highway  322. 
Bus  service  between  Reading  and  Harris- 
burg over  Highway  422  provides  rail  and  air 
connections  at  Harrisburg  for  Philadelphia, 
New  York,  Baltimore,  Washington,  Pittsburgh, 
and  other  major  cities. 


Annville  is  a  residential  community  of  about 
3,500  people  situated  in  the  agricultural  coun- 
try of  the  Pennsylvania  Germans.  Of  historical 
significance  in  nearby  areas  are  the  Cornwall 
Charcoal  Furnace,  which  dates  back  to  1742 
and  which  supplied  cannonballs  for  Washing- 
ton's army,  and  the  adjacent  Cornwall  Ore 
Mines  which  are  still  operated  by  the  Beth- 
lehem Steel  Corporation;  the  Union  Canal 
Tunnel  (the  oldest  existing  canal  tunnel  in 
the  United  States)  and  remnants  of  the  locks 
used  from  1828  to  1885  by  the  canal  which 
provided  access  from  the  Susquehanna  River 
to  Philadelphia;  and  the  first  Municipal  Water 
Works  in  America  at  Schaefferstown. 


ROCHESTER    365    miles 


BUFFALO   305    miles 


BOSTON    365  miles 


CLEVELAND   345 


PITTSBURGH    210    miles 


ALLENTOWN    70    miles 


PHILADELPHIA   80    miles 

\    N 

HAGERSTOWN    95    miles     /  /  WILMINGTON    90   miles 

BALTIMORE    100    miles  X 

/  ATLANTIC    CITY   145    miles 

WASHINGTON    125    miles 


12 


Partrng 


1.  Administration  Building 

2.  Carnegie  Lounge 

3.  Gossard  Memorial  Library 

4.  Kreider  Hall 

5.  Science  Hall 

6.  Maintenance  Building 

7.  College  Book  Store 

8.  Central  Heating  Plant 

9.  Laughlin  Hall 

10.  South  Hall 

11.  United  Methodist  Church 


12.  Engle  Hall 

13.  Chapel 

14.  Lynch  Memorial  Building 
(Gymnasium) 

15.  Sheridan  Hall 

16.  West  Hall  Annex 

17.  West  Hall 

18.  College  Dining  Hall 

19.  Mary  Capp  Green  Hall 

20.  Vickroy  Hall 

21.  College  Center 


22.  North  College 

23.  Saylor  Hall 

24.  Keister  Hall 

25.  Hammond   Hall 

26.  112  College  Ave.,  Faculty 
Offices 

27.  East  College 

28.  Infirmary 

29.  Centre  Hall 

30.  Funkhouser  Hall 

31.  104  College  Ave.,  Faculty 
Offices 


13 


CAMPUS,  BUILDINGS,  AND 
EQUIPMENT 

The  campus  of  60  acres  is  situated  in  the 
center  of  Annville.  The  college  plant  consists 
of  29  buildings  including: 
The  Administration  Building  —  Administrative 
Offices  (President,  Vice  President  and  Dean 
of  the  College,  Vice  President  and  Assistant 
to  the  President,  and  Vice  President  and  Con- 
troller) are  located  on  the  main  floor.  The  re- 
mainder of  the  building  is  devoted  to  class- 
rooms, laboratories,  faculty  offices,  and  admin- 
istrative services. 

Cossard  Memorial  Library  —  The  Cossard  Me- 
morial Library  was  opened  in  June,  1957.  The 
more  than  100,900  volumes  include  an  excel- 
lent collection  of  standard  reference  works 
and  bound  periodicals.  In  addition  to  re- 
sources used  by  the  various  departments  of 
the  College,  a  diversified  collection  of  peri- 
odicals is  also  available. 

The  Hiram  Herr  Shenk  Collection  (which 
includes  the  Heilman  Library)  and  the  C.  B. 
Montgomery  Memorial  Collection  contain 
many  valuable  works  dealing  with  the  history 


and  customs  of  the  Pennsylvania  Germans. 
These  collections  are  housed  in  the  Historical 
Collection  Room  and  are  open  for  reference 
use  under  staff  supervision. 

A  separate  room  houses  the  Archives  of  the 
Historical  Society  of  the  Eastern  Conference 
of  the  United  Methodist  Church.  The  materials 
in  this  collection  are  available  for  reference 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Conference 
Historian. 

Special  equipment  of  the  library  includes 
a  music  and  listening  room  outfitted  with 
turntables  and  earphones,  typing  booths  for 
students,  conference  rooms,  microfilm  reader- 
printers  (there  are  some  6,900  periodicals  on 
microfilm),  an  electrostatic  copier,  and  carrels 
for  individual  study.  In  addition  to  the  library 
proper,  the  building  contains  an  audio-visual 
room  equipped  with  a  loudspeaker  system 
and  adaptable  to  the  exhibiting  of  works  of  art. 
Chapel  —  This  building  houses  the  main  sanc- 
tuary and  meditation  chapel,  Office  of  the 
Chaplain,  faculty  offices  of  departments  of 
Religion  and  Philosophy,  classrooms,  a  fellow- 
ship room,  and  offices  for  PROJECT  and  Delta 
Tau  Chi. 


14 


Engle  Hall  —  Engle  Hall  houses  the  Depart- 
ment of  Music  and  includes  an  auditorium, 
classrooms,  studios,  offices,  and  private  prac- 
tice rooms. 

Saylor  Hall —  Classrooms  for  instruction  in  art, 
as  well  as  practice  rooms  of  the  Department 
of  Music,  are  located  in  Saylor  Hall. 

Carnegie  Lounge  — The  former  Carnegie  Li- 
brary building  now  houses  the  offices  of  the 
Dean  of  Men,  the  Dean  of  Women,  auxiliary 
student  services,  and  lounge  facilities. 

Science  Hall—  The  first  floor  of  Science  Hall 
contains  laboratories,  library,  class  and  con- 
ference rooms,  and  offices  of  the  Department 
of  Chemistry.  The  second  and  third  floors  are 
equipped  with  similar  facilities  and  a  green- 
house of  the  Department  of  Biology. 

Lynch  Memorial  Physical  Education  Building 

—  This  modern  plant  is  well  equipped  for 
physical  education,  recreation,  and  campus 
meetings.  It  houses  the  Department  of  Eco- 
nomics and  Business  Administration. 

Residence  Halls  — There  are  six  residence  halls 
for  women  (Centre,  Green,  Keister,  North, 
Vickroy,  and  West)  and  six  for  men  (East, 
Funkhouser,  Hammond,  Kreider,  Sheridan, 
and  West  Annex). 


The  College  Center —  Within  the  College  Cen- 
ter are  located  the  College  Dining  Hall,  which 
has  facilities  for  serving  all  resident  students; 
the  College  Book  Store,  where  textbooks, 
school  supplies,  stationery,  clothing,  and 
souvenirs  can  be  purchased;  the  Infirmary, 
staffed  by  a  Head  Nurse  and  resident  nurses, 
with  the  College  Physician  on  call  at  all  times; 
and  a  300-seat  theater.  In  addition  the  Center 
contains  a  snackbar,  music  lounge,  meeting 
rooms,  lounges,  and  offices  for  the  student 
newspaper  and  the  college  yearbook. 

104  College  Avenue  — This  building  houses 
offices  of  the  Department  of  Foreign  Lan- 
guages. 

112  College  Avenue  — This  building  provides 
offices  for  the  Department  of  English. 

South  Hall -South  Hall  houses  the  Office  of 
the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  and  Regis- 
trar, the  Teacher  Placement  Bureau,  the  Office 
of  Admissions,  and  faculty  offices. 

Laughlin  Hall  — The  offices  of  the  College 
Relations  Area  (Alumni,  Development,  and 
Public  Relations)  are  located  in  Laughlin  Hall. 


15 


SUPPORT  AND  CONTROL 

Lebanon  Valley  College  receives  support  au- 
thorized by  the  General  Conference  of  the 
United  Methodist  Church,  individual  congre- 
gations of  the  denomination  in  the  Eastern 
Pennsylvania  Conference  and  the  Central 
Pennsylvania  Conference,  endowments,  and 
the  Pennsylvania  Foundation  for  Independent 
Colleges.  Also,  since  at  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege as  at  most  other  institutions  of  higher 
learning  the  tuition  and  other  annual  charges 
paid  by  the  student  do  not  cover  the  total  cost 
of  his  education,  additional  income  is  derived 
through  the  Lebanon  Valley  College  Fund. 
The  Fund  is  supported  by  industry,  alumni, 
the  Board  of  Trustees,  parents  of  students,  and 
other  friends  of  the  College. 

Total  assets  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  are 
approximately  $13,000,000,  including  endow- 
ment funds  in  excess  of  $2,650,000.  Aside 
from  general  endowment  income  available 
for  unrestricted  purposes,  there  are  a  number 
of  special  funds  designated  for  specific  uses 
such  as  professorships,  scholarships,  and  the 
library. 

Control  of  the  College  is  vested  in  a 
Board  of  Trustees  composed  of  54  members, 
32  of  whom  represent  church  conferences; 
5  of  whom  represent  the  alumni  of  the  insti- 
tution; 5  of  whom  represent  the  faculty;  and 
12  of  whom  are  elected  at  large. 


ENDOWMENT  FUNDS  (June  30,  1970) 

UNRESTRICTED 

For  General  Purposes 

RESTRICTED 

Professorship  Funds 

Chair  of  English  Bible  and  Greek  Testament 
Josephine  Bittinger  Eberly  Professorship  of 

Latin  Language  and  Literature 
John  Evans  Lehman  Chair  of  Mathematics 
The  Rev.  J.  B.  Weidler  Endowment  Fund 
The  Ford  Foundation 


Restricted  Other 

Bishop  J.  Balmer  Showers  Lectureship  Fund 
Karl  Milton  Kamegie  Fund 

Special  Fund— Faculty  Salaries 

The  Batdorf  Fund 

E.  N.  Funkhouser  Fund 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  H.  Horn  Fund 

Mary  I.  Shumberger  Memorial  Fund 

Woodrow  W.  Waltermeyer  Professorship  Fund 

Library  Funds 

Library  Fund  of  Class  of  1916 

Class  of  1956  Library  Endowment  Fund 

Dr.  Lewis  J.  and  Leah  Miller  Leiby  Library  Fund 

Maintenance  Funds 

Hiram  E.  Steinmetz  Memorial  Room  Fund 

Equipment  Funds 

Dr.  Warren  H.  Fake  and  Mabel  A.  Fake  Science 

Memorial  Fund 
Williams  Foundation  Endowment  Fund 

Publicity  Funds 

Harnish-Houser  Publicity  Fund 


16 


Scholarship  Funds 

Allegheny  Conference  C.E.  Scholarship  Fund 

A.F.S.  Scholarship  Fund 

Alumni  Scholarship  Fund 

Dorothy  Jean  Bachman  Scholarship  Fund 

Lillian  Merle  Bachman  Scholarship  Fund 

Baltimore  Fifth  Church,  Otterbein  Memorial 

Sunday  School  Scholarship  Fund 
E.  M.  Baum  Scholarship  Fund 
Andrew  and  Ruth  Bender  Scholarship  Fund 
Cloyd  and  Mary  Bender  Scholarship  Fund 
Biological  Scholarship  Fund 
Eliza  Bittinger  Scholarship  Fund 
Mary  A.  Bixler  Scholarship  Fund 
I.  T.  Buffington  Scholarship  Fund 
Alice  Evers  Burtner  Memorial  Award  Fund 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  Clark  Carmean  Scholarship 

Fund 
Collegiate  Scholarship  Fund  of  Evangelical 

United  Brethren  Church 
Isaiah  H.  Daugherty  and  Benjamin  P.  Raab 

Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Senator  James  J.  Davis  Scholarship  Fund 
William  E.  Duff  Scholarship  Fund 
Derickson  Scholarship  Fund 
East  Pennsylvania  Conference  C.E.  Scholarship 

Fund 
East  Pennsylvania  Branch  W.S.W.S.  Scholarship 

Fund 
Samuel  F.  and  Agnes  F.  Engle  Scholarship  Fund 
M.  C.  Favinger  and  Wife  Scholarship  Fund 
Fred  E.  Foos  Scholarship  Fund 
C.  C.  Gingrich  Scholarship  Fund 
G.  D.  Gossard  and  Wife  Scholarship  Fund 
Margaret  Verda  Graybill  Memorial  Scholarship 

Fund 
Peter  Graybill  Scholarship  Fund 
Jacob  F.  Greasly  Scholarship  Fund 
Hilda  Hafer  Scholarship  Fund 
Harrisburg  Otterbein  Church  of  The  United 

Brethren  In  Christ  Scholarship  Fund 
Harrisburg  Otterbein  Sunday  School 

Scholarship  Fund 
Alice  M.  Heagy  Scholarship  Fund 
J.  M.  Heagy  and  Wife  Scholarship  Fund 
Bertha  Foos  Heinz  Scholarship  Fund 
Harvey  E.  Herr  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Edwin  M.  Hershey  Scholarship  Fund 
Merle  M.  Hoover  Scholarship  Fund 
Judge  S.  C.  Huber  Scholarship  Fund 


Cora  Appleton  Huber  Scholarship  Fund 

H.  S.  Immel  Scholarship  Fund 

Henry  G.  and  Anna  S.  Kauffman  and  Family 

Scholarship  Fund 
John  A.  H.  Keith  Fund 
Barbara  June  Kettering  Scholarship  Fund 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  J.  E.  and  Rev.  A.  H.  Kleffman 

Scholarship  Fund 
Dorothea  Kil linger  Scholarship  Fund 
A.  S.  Kreider  Ministerial  Scholarship  Fund 
W.  E.  Kreider  Scholarship  Fund 
Maud  P.  Laughlin  Scholarship  Fund 
Lebanon  Steel  Foundry  Foundation 

Scholarship  Fund 
The  Lorenz  Benevolent  Fund 
Mrs.  Edwin  M.  Loux  Scholarship  Fund 
Lykens  Otterbein  Church  Scholarship  Fund 
Mechanicsburg  U.B.  Sunday  School 

Scholarship  Fund 
Medical  Scholarship  Fund 
Elizabeth  Meyer  Endowment  Fund 
Elizabeth  May  Meyer  Musical  Scholarship  Fund 
Mrs.  Elizabeth  H.  Millard  Memorial 

Scholarship  Fund 
Harry  E.  Miller  Scholarship  Fund 
Bishop  J.  S.  Mills  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Ministerial  Student  Aid  Gift  Fund  of 

The  Evangelical  United  Brethren  Church 
Germaine  B.  Monteux  Memorial  Scholarship 

Fund 
Elizabeth  A.  Mower  Beneficiary  Fund 
Neidig  Memorial  Church  Ministerial 

Scholarship  Fund 
Grace  U.B.  Church  of  Penbrook, 

Penna.  Scholarship  Fund 
Pennsylvania  Branch  W.S.W.S.  Scholarship 

Fund  in  Memory  of  Dr.  Paul  E.  V.  Shannon 
Pennsylvania  Conference  C.E.  Scholarship 

Fund 
Pennsylvania  Conference  Youth  Fellowship 

Scholarship  Fund 
People's  National  Bank  Achievement  Award 

in  Economics 
Philadelphia  Lebanon  Valley  College  Alumni 

Scholarship  Fund 
Rev.  H.  C.  Phillips  Scholarship  Fund 
Sophia  Plitt  Scholarship  Fund 
Quincy  Evangelical  United  Brethren 

Orphanage  and  Home  Scholarship  Fund 


17 


Ezra  G.  Ranck  and  Wife  Scholarship  Fund 
Levi  S.  Reist  Scholarship  Fund 
C.  A.  Richie  Scholarship  Fund 
Emmett  C.  Roop  Scholarship  Fund 
Reynaldo  Rovers  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Harvey  L.  Seltzer  Scholarship  Fund 
Mary  Ann  Ocker  Spital  Scholarship  Fund 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  Cavvley  H.  Stine  Scholarship 

Fund 
Dr.  Alfred  D.  Strickler  and  Louise  Kreider 

Strickler  Pre-Medical  Scholarship  Fund 
Washington,  D.  C.  Memorial  E.U.B.  Ministerial 

Scholarship  Fund 
Henry  L.  Wilder  Scholarship  Fund 
Jacob  C.  Winter  Memorial  Scholarship 

Student  Loan  Funds 
Mary  A.  Dodge  Loan  Fund 
Daniel  Eberly  Scholarship  Fund 

Prize  Funds 
Bradford  C.  Alban  Memorial  Award  Fund 
The  L.  G.  Bailey  Award 


Henry  H.  Baish  Memorial  Fund 

Andrew  Bender  Memorial  Chemistry  Fund 

The  Class  of  1964  Quittapahilla  Award  Fund 

Governor  James  H.  Duff  Award 

The  French  Club  Prize  Fund 

Florence  Wolf  Knauss  Memorial  Award  in 

Music 
La  Vie  Collegienne  Award  Fund 
Max  F.  Lehman  Fund 
The  David  E.  Long  Memorial  Fund 
Germaine  Benedictus  Monteux  Music  Award 
Pickwell  Memorial  Music  Award 
The  Rosenberry  Award 
Wallace-Light-Wingate  Award 
The  Salome  Wingate  Sanders  Award  in 

Music  Education 

Annuity  Funds 

Rev.  A.  H.  Kleffman  and  Erma  L.  Kleffman 

E.  Roy  Line  Annuity 

Ruth  Detwiler  Rettew  Annuity  Fund 


18 


ENROLLMENT  STATISTICS 

SUMMARY  OF  COLLEGE  YEAR,  1969-1970-  CUMULATIVE 

DAY-TIME  FULL-TIME                            PART-TIME  TOTAL 

Degree  Students  Men     Women    Total           Men     Women    Total  Men  Women    Total 

Seniors    115            67         182                7  10  17  122  77  199 

Juniors    100           96         196                4  4  8  104  100  204 

Sophomores 133         114         247                13  4  134  117  251 

Freshmen    201          129         330                1  1  2  202  130  332 

Non-degree    _2         _0         __2           _^31  _21  _52  _33_  _21^  54 

Day-time  Total    ...  551          406         957              44  39  83  595  445  1040 

Evening-Campus    42  83  125  42  83  125 

University  Center 

at  Harrisburg _276  _311  _587  276_  311_  587 

Grand  Total   551          406         957            362  433  795  913  839  1752 

Names  Repeated  . .  _                                            _^\  _^3  _^4  j^L  JjL  ~4 

Net  Total   551          406         957            361  430  791  912  836  1748 

*Music  Specials 22  47  69  22  47  69 

Summer  Session,  1970 

College 94  77  171  94  77  171 

*Music  Specials 16  21  37  16  21  37 

Names  Repeated  . .  -1-5  -6  -1  -5  -6 

*  Not  included  in  totals 

SUMMARY  OF  FIRST  SEMESTER -1970-1971 

DAY-TIME  FULL-TIME                            PART-TIME  TOTAL 

Degree  Students  Men     Women    Total           Men     Women    Total  Men  Women    Total 

Seniors   103           85         188                6  7  13  109  92  201 

Juniors    110         105         215                 2  2  4  112  107  219 

Sophomores 136         105         241                0  3  3  136  108  244 

Freshmen    180         124         304               1  0  1  181  124  305 

Non-degree   1_        _0         J\_           _6  _14  _20  _7_  T4_  21 

Day-time  Total    ...  530         419         949              15  26  41  545  445  990 

Evening-Campus   25  47  72  25  47  72 

University  Center 

at  Harrisburg _181  _178  J559  181_  178  359 

Grand  Total 530         419         949            221  251  472  751  670  1421 

Named  Repeated  . .  _^2        _^\         ^3             jj  _^4  _^5  ^3  ^5_  -8 

Net  Total   528         418         946            220  247  467  748  665  1413 

*Music  Specials 12  23  35  12  23  35 

*  Not  included  in  totals 


19 


i 


Information  For 
Prospective  Students 


20 


ADMISSION 

Students  are  admitted  to  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege on  the  basis  of  scholarly  achievement,  in- 
tellectual capacity,  character,  personality,  and 
ability  to  profit  by  college  experience. 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

1.  All  communications  concerning  admission 
should  be  addressed  to  the  Director  of 
Admissions,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Ann- 
ville,  Pennsylvania  17003. 

2.  Applications  should  be  submitted  as  early 
as  possible  in  the  latter  part  of  the  junior  or 
the  beginning  of  the  senior  year  of  high 
school  or  preparatory  school. 

3.  Applications  must  be  filed  on  forms  pro- 
vided by  the  Office  of  Admissions. 

4.  Each  application  must  be  accompanied  by 
an  application  fee  of  $10.00.  This  fee  is  not 
refundable. 

5.  A  transcript  of  the  secondary  school  record, 

on  a  form  provided  by  the  College  for 
that  purpose,  must  be  sent  by  the  principal 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  May  1  is  the 
deadline  for  receiving  applications. 

6.  A  student  transferring  from  another  collegi- 
ate institution  must  present  an  official  tran- 
script of  his  scholastic  record  and  evidence 
of  honorable  dismissal. 

7.  All  new  students  are  required  to  present  on 
or  before  August  20  the  official  Health 
Record  showing  a  physician's  report  of 
medical  examination;  certification  of  vac- 
cination within  a  period  of  five  years  and 
immunization  against  flu,  polio,  and  tetanus 
given  just  prior  to  the  student's  entrance  to 
college. 

8.  All  applicants  shall  be  considered  for  ad- 
mission without  regard  to  their  race,  re- 
ligion, creed,  or  country  of  national  origin. 


Admission  is  based  on  total  information 
submitted  by  the  applicant  or  in  his  behalf. 
Final  decision,  therefore,  cannot  be  reached 
until  all  information  has  been  supplied  by  the 
applicant. 

FACTORS  DETERMINING  ADMISSION 

Each  candidate  for  admission  will  be  con- 
sidered individually  and  the  decision  of  the 
Admissions  Advisory  Group  with  respect  to 
admission  will  be  based  on  the  following 
factors: 

1.  The  transcript  of  the  applicant's  secondary 
school  record. 

2.  Recommendation  by  the  principal,  teach- 
ers, and  other  responsible  persons  as  to 
the  applicant's  special  abilities,  integrity, 
sense  of  responsibility,  seriousness  of  pur- 
pose, initiative,  self-reliance,  and  concern 
for  others. 

3.  A  personal  interview,  whenever  possible, 
with  the  Director  of  Admissions  or  his  des- 
ignate. 

4.  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  test 
results:  (a)  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test,  (b) 
three  achievement  tests  —  English  composi- 
tion and  two  optional  tests.  All  candidates 
for  admission  are  required  to  take  the 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  and  three  achieve- 
ment tests  —  English  composition  and  any 
other  two.  Those  seeking  entrance  in  Sep- 
tember are  advised  to  take  these  tests  no 
later  than  in  the  preceding  December  and/ 
or  January.  Full  information  concerning 
dates  and  locations  of  these  test  adminis- 
trations may  be  obtained  by  writing  to: 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board,  P.O. 
Box  592,  Princeton,  N.  J.  08540. 

5.  Additional  test  results  which  may  be  re- 
quired in  special  cases  by  the  Admissions 
Advisory  Group. 


21 


ADMISSION  TO  THE 
DEPARTMENT  OF  MUSIC 

An  applicant  to  the  music  or  music  educa- 
tion curriculums  is  expected  to  satisfy  the 
general  requirements  for  admission.  In  addi- 
tion, the  candidate  must  appear  for  an  audi- 
tion before  members  of  the  music  faculty 
and  show  evidence  of: 

1.  An  acceptable  singing  voice  and  a  fairly 
quick  sense  of  tone  and  rhythm; 

2.  Ability  to  sing  at  sight  hymn  and  folk  tunes 
with  a  fair  degree  of  accuracy  and  facility; 

3.  Ability  to  sing  or  to  play  the  piano,  organ, 
or  some  orchestral  instrument  at  a  level 
representing  three  years  of  study. 

RECOMMENDED  UNITS 
FOR  ADMISSION 

It  is  recommended  that  all  candidates  offer 
16  units  of  entrance  credit  and  graduation 
from  an  accredited  secondary  school  or  sub- 
mit an  equivalency  certificate  acquired 
through  examination. 

Ten  of  the  16  units  offered  for  admission 
must  be  from  the  following  subjects:  English, 
foreign  language,  mathematics,  science,  and 
social  studies. 

An  applicant  for  admission  whose  prepara- 
tory courses  do  not  coincide  with  the  distri- 
bution of  subject  units  (see  below)  may  be 
considered  by  the  Admissions  Advisory  Group 
if  his  academic  record  is  of  high  quality  and  if, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Admissions  Advisory 
Croup,  he  appears  to  be  qualified  to  do  col- 
lege work  satisfactorily.  All  entrance  defi- 
ciencies must  be  removed  before  sophomore 
academic  status  will  be  granted. 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  SUBJECT  UNITS 

English 4  units 

Foreign  Language  (in  one  language)*  2  " 

Mathematics   2  " 

Science  (laboratory) 1  " 

Social  Studies 1  " 

Electives    6  " 

Total  required 16  " 

*  If  an  applicant  cannot  present  the  two  units  of 
foreign  language,  he  will  be  required  to  take  a 
minimum  of  two  years  of  one  language  in  college. 
His  credits  for  this  work  will  be  counted  toward 
graduation  requirements. 


TRANSFER  CREDIT 

A  student  applying  for  advanced  standing 
at  Lebanon  Valley  College  after  having  at- 
tended another  accredited  institution  of  higher 
education  shall  submit  an  official  transcript 
of  his  record  and  evidence  of  good  standing 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  He  must  also 
submit  College  Board  Aptitude  Test  scores. 
If  requested,  he  must  provide  copies  of  the 
appropriate  catalogs  for  the  years  of  his  at- 
tendance at  the  other  institution  or  institu- 
tions. 

Credits  are  accepted  for  transfer  provided 
that  the  grades  received  are  C  (2.0)  or  better 
and  the  work  is  equivalent  or  similar  to  work 
offered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Grades 
thus  transferred  count  for  hours  only,  not  for 
quality  points. 

Students  transferring  from  two-year  insti- 
tutions are  required  to  earn  at  least  60  hours 
of  credit  from  a  four-year  institution  for 
graduation.  A  minimum  of  30  hours  of  this 
must  be  taken  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  to 
meet  the  residence  requirement. 

Transfer  students  may  be  required  to  take 
placement  examinations  to  demonstrate  ade- 
quate preparation  for  advanced  courses  at 
Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Subject  to  the  conditions  listed  in  the  sec- 
ond paragraph,  Lebanon  Valley  College  will 
recognize  for  transfer  credit  a  maximum  of 
15  hours  of  USAFI  course  work  provided 
such  credit  is  recommended  by  the  Ameri- 
can Council  on  Education  publication,  A 
Guide  to  the  Evaluation  of  Educational  Ex- 
periences in  the  Armed  Services. 

Credit    will    not    be    granted    for    corre- 
spondence courses. 
ADVANCED  PLACEMENT 

Advanced  placement  and/or  credit  may 
be  granted  to  entering  students  who  make 
scores  of  3,  4,  or  5  on  the  College  Board  Ad- 
vanced Placement  examination. 

Advanced  placement  without  credit  may 
be  granted  on  the  basis  of  the  Achievement 
Tests  of  the  College  Board  Examinations  or 
such  other  proficiency  tests  as  may  be  de- 
termined by  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  Col- 
lege and  by  the  chairman  of  the  department 
in  which   advanced   placement  is  sought. 


22 


STUDENT  FINANCES 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  private  non-profit 
institution.  It  derives  its  financial  support  from 
endowment  and  gifts  from  the  United  Metho- 
dist Church,  alumni,  industry,  friends  and  from 
the  tuition,  fees,  and  other  charges  paid  by  the 
students.  The  cost  to  the  student  is  main- 
tained at  a  level  consistent  with  adequate 
facilities  and  high  quality  instruction. 

FEES  AND  DEPOSITS 

An  application  fee  of  $10.00  which  is  not 
refundable  is  charged  each  applicant  to  apply 
against  the  cost  of  processing  his  application 
for  admission.  An  admission  deposit  of 
$100.00,  payable  within  ten  days  of  notifica- 
tion of  acceptance,  is  required  of  all  new 
(including  transfer)  students.  Until  this  de- 
posit is  paid  the  student  is  not  guaranteed 
a  place  in  the  entering  class.  The  admission 
deposit  is  not  refundable;  it  will  be  applied 
to  the  student's  account  upon  registration. 

1971-1972  FEF  STRUCTURE  FOR 
FULL-TIME  DECREE  CANDIDATES 

Non- 
Resident  Resident 

Each  Each 

Standard  Charges  Semester  Semester 

Tuition  and  Fees* $1,000  $1,000 

Room  and  Board 525 


$1,525 


$1,000 


Students  may  be  subject  to  the  following 
additional  fees  and  charges,  depending  upon 
their  program: 

Laboratories,  in  excess  of  one  per  semester: 
Science,  Mathematics, 

Languages    $20.00  per  semester 

All  other  laboratories  ..   15.00  per  semester 

Student  Teaching  Fee:  $8.00  per  credit 

Music  Fees: 

Private  music  instruction 
(72  hour  per  week, 
15  weeks)    60.00  per  semester 

*  Fee  portion  is  $25  per  semester. 


Class  music  instruction 

(1  hour  per  week)  . .  40.00  per  semester 
Organ,  practice  rental 

(per  hour  per  week).  8.00  per  semester 
Band  and  orchestral 

instrument  rental  ...  15.00  per  semester 
Transcript,  in  excess 

of  one    $  1.00 

A  required  insurance  fee  in  the  amount  of 
$20.00  is  collected  in  the  first  semester  of  the 
student's  enrollment  and  a  pro-rata  charge  ap- 
plies to  the  student  who  first  enrolls  in  the 
second  semester. 

The  contingency  deposit  in  the  amount  of 
$25.00  must  be  made  before  registration  and 
is  required  of  all  full-time  students  and  will 
be  refunded  upon  graduation  or  withdrawal 
from  college  provided  no  damage  has  been 
caused  by  the  student.  All  student  breakage 
that  occurs  in  college-operated  facilities  will 
be  charged  against  this  deposit  and  the 
amount  must  be  repaid  to  the  College  within 
30  days  of  notice  to  the  student. 

A  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  each  student  who 
does  not  register  for  classes  during  any  pre- 
scribed pre-registration  or  registration  period. 
A  fee  of  $5.00  is  charged  for  every  change 
of  course  made  at  the  student's  request  after 
registration. 

The  fee  for  part-time  students  (less  than  12 
credit  hours  per  semester)  is  $75.00  per  semes- 
ter credit  hour  plus  a  $2.00  registration  fee; 
the  fee  for  credit  hours  in  excess  of  16  credit 
hours  per  semester  is  $60.00;  fractional  hours 
of  credit  are  charged  proportionately. 

AUXILIARY  SCHOOL  FEE  STRUCTURE 
(EVENING  AND  SUMMER) 

Tuition,    $60.00    per   semester   credit    hour 
Registration  Fee,  $2.00 
Late  Registration  Fee,  $5.00 
Change  of  Registration  Fee,  $5.00 

PAYMENT  OF  FEES  AND  DEPOSITS 

Semester  charges  are  due  and  payable  in 
full  on  September  1  (first  semester)  and  Jan- 
uary 1  (second  semester)  as  a  condition  for 
registration.  Those  preferring  to  pay  semester 
charges  in  monthly  installments  are  invited  to 
consult  with  the  Office  of  the  Controller  re- 


23 


garding  deferred  payment  plans  offered  by 
various  financial  institutions.  Arrangements  for 
deferred  payment  plans  shall  be  completed 
early  enough  to  assure  payment  of  bills  no 
later  than  the  date  that  semester  charges  are 
due  and  payable  (September  1  and  January 
1). 

A  satisfactory  settlement  of  all  college  ac- 
counts is  required  before  grades  are  released, 
transcripts  are  sent,  honorable  dismissal 
granted,  or  degree  conferred. 

REFUND  POLICY 

Refunds,  as  indicated  below,  are  allowed 
only  to  students  who  officially  withdraw  from 
the  College  by  completing  the  clearance  pro- 
cedure: 

Period  of  student  attendance  in  %>  of  tuition 

college  from  date  classes  begin  refunded 

Less  than  three  weeks   75% 

Over  three  weeks   0% 

A  refund  on  board  charge  is  allowed  for 
the  period  beginning  after  honorable  official 
withdrawal. 

No  refund  is  allowed  on  student  charges 
when  a  student  retains  his  class  standing  dur- 
ing his  absence  from  college  because  of  ill- 
ness or  for  any  other  reason. 

No  refund  is  allowed  on  room  charges.  No 
refund  is  allowed  on  room  deposit  except 
when  withdrawal  results  from  suspension  or 
dismissal  by  College  action  or  when  with- 
drawal results  from  entrance  into  active  mili- 
tary service. 

RESIDENCE  HALLS 

Residence  hall  rooms  are  reserved  only  for 
those  returning  students  who  make  an  ad- 
vance room  reservation  deposit  of  $50.00. 
(Receipt  must  be  presented  at  the  time  of 
room  sign-up  which  occurs  immediately  after 
the  Easter  Vacation.) 

Occupants  are  held  responsible  for  all 
breakage  and  loss  of  furniture,  or  any  damage 
for  which  they  are  responsible. 

Each  room  in  the  men's  residence  halls  is 
furnished  with  chests  of  drawers,  book  case, 
beds,  mattresses,  chairs,  and  study  tables. 
Drapes  are  provided  in  Hammond  and  Funk- 


houser  Halls.  Students  must  provide  bedding, 
rugs,  lamps,  and  all  other  furnishings. 

Each  room  in  the  women's  residence  halls 
is  furnished  with  beds,  mattresses,  chairs, 
dressers,  book  case,  and  study  tables.  Drapes 
are  provided  in  Keister,  Mary  Green  and  Vick- 
roy  Halls.  Other  desired  furnishings  must  be 
supplied  by  the  student. 

Students  rooming  in  residence  halls  may  not 
sublet  their  rooms  to  commuting  students  or 
to  others. 

Since  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  primarily  a 
boarding  institution,  all  students  are  required 
to  live  in  college-owned  or  controlled  resi- 
dence halls.  Exceptions  to  the  above  are:  mar- 
ried students,  students  living  with  immediate 
relatives,  or  those  living  in  their  own  homes 
who  commute  daily  to  the  campus. 

Should  vacancies  occur  in  any  of  the  resi- 
dence halls,  the  College  reserves  the  right  to 
require  students  rooming  in  the  community 
to  move  into  a  residence  hall. 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  close  all 
residence  halls  during  vacations  and  between 
semesters. 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  inspect  any 
student's  room  at  any  time.  Periodic  inspec- 
tion of  residence  halls  will  be  made  by  mem- 
bers of  the  administration. 


24 


The  College  is  not  responsible  for  loss  of 
personal  possessions  by  the  students. 

Lounges  are  provided  by  the  College  for 
resident  and  commuting  students. 

MEALS 

All  resident  students  are  required  to  take 
their  meals  in  the  College  Dining  Hall.  Com- 
muting students  may  arrange  for  meals  Mon- 
day through  Friday,  on  a  semester  basis,  if 
space  is  available. 

FINANCIAL  AID 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  financial  aid 
to  deserving  students  who  have  been  ac- 
cepted for  admission  insofar  as  its  aid  funds 
permit.  Students  apply  for  financial  aid  by 
submitting  the  Parents'  Confidential  State- 
ment directly  to  the  College  Scholarship  Serv- 
ice, Box  176,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540. 
Applications  for  financial  aid  (PCS)  are  avail- 
able to  high  school  seniors  in  the  guidance 
counselor's  office  and  to  college  upperclass- 
men  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  It  is  not  nec- 
essary to  await  notification  of  acceptance  to 
Lebanon  Valley  College  before  applying  for 
financial  aid;  in  fact,  application  for  financial 
aid  should  be  made  as  early  as  possible  and 
no  later  than  February  1. 

All  financial  aid  is  awarded  for  one  year 
on  the  basis  of  financial  need  (except  Presi- 
dential Scholarships).  The  PCS  form  assists 
the  Financial  Aid  Officer  in  determining  the 
applicant's  need  for  financial  aid.  Participants 
in  CSS  subscribe  to  the  principle  that  the 
amount  of  financial  aid  granted  a  student 
should  be  based  upon  financial  need.  Stu- 
dents receiving  aid  from  sources  outside  the 
College  are  required  to  report  the  amount 
and  source  of  financial  aid  to  the  Financial 
Aid  Office.  The  College  reserves  the  right  to 
review  and  to  adjust  the  financial  aid  offer- 
ing and  award  accordingly. 

All  financial  aid  is  reviewed  annually.  Eligi- 
bility for  renewal  of  financial  aid  is  based 
upon  need  as  established  on  the  renewal 
PCS,  satisfactory  conduct,  and  maintenance 
of  the  required  scholastic  average. 


PRESIDENTIAL  SCHOLARSHIPS 

Available  to  entering  students  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  Lebanon  Valley  College  who  are 
deemed  worthy  of  recognition  because  of 
superior  attainment  in  high  school  study.  A 
2.5  cumulative  grade  point  average  is  re- 
quired for  automatic  reinstatement  of  these 
awards. 

GRANTS-IN-AID 

Available  to  entering  freshmen  and  upper- 
classmen  who  have  demonstrated  capability 
either  in  high  school  or  in  college  work.  A 
2.0  cumulative  grade  point  average  is  re- 
quired for  automatic  continuation  of  these 
grants. 

FEDERAL  OPPORTUNITY  GRANTS 

Educational  Grants  range  from  $200  to 
$1,000  per  academic  year  and  are  based  upon 
genuine  need  as  stipulated  by  the  federal 
government  and  supported  by  the  Parents' 
Confidential  Statement. 

STUDENT  LOANS 

National  Defense  Loans  are  available  under 
the  Higher  Education  Act  of  1965.  Qualifying 
students  may  borrow  up  to  $1,000  per  year. 

STUDENT  EMPLOYMENT  PROGRAMS 

A  student  in  need  of  financial  assistance 
may  be  assigned  a  campus  employment  posi- 
tion. Under  the  College  Work  Study  Program 
which  is  underwritten  by  the  federal  govern- 
ment a  student  may  work  an  average  of  15 
hours  per  week  during  any  week  when 
classes  are  in  session.  A  student  under  this 
program  may  work  40  hours  per  week  during 
any  week  when  classes  are  not  in  session. 

In  addition,  the  College  operates  its  own 
student  employment  program  affording  op- 
portunities for  students  to  work  in  a  variety 
of  positions  as  their  schedules  permit. 

For  further  information,  write  to  the  Finan- 
cial Aid  Officer,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Ann- 
ville,  Pennsylvania  17003. 


25 


Academic  Programs 
&  Procedures 


26 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 

Lebanon  Valley  College  confers  five  bachelor 
degrees.  They  are:  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor 
of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry, 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology, 
and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing. 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  is  conferred 
upon  students  who  complete  the  require- 
ments for  graduation  in  the  following  areas, 
and  who  are  recommended  by  the  faculty 
and  approved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees: 
Biology,  English,  French,  German,  Greek,  His- 
tory, Latin,  Mathematics,  Music,  Philosophy, 
Physics,  Political  Science,  Psychology,  Religion, 
Sociology,  and  Spanish. 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  con- 
ferred upon  students  who  complete  the  re- 
quirements in  the  following  areas,  and  who 
are  recommended  by  the  faculty  and  ap- 
proved by  the  Board  of  Trustees:  Actuarial 
Science,  Biology,  Chemistry,  Cooperative  En- 
gineering, Cooperative  Forestry,  Economics 
and  Business  Administration.  Elementary  Edu- 
cation, Mathematics,  Music  Education,  and 
Physics. 

The  professional  degrees  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Chemistry,  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Medical  Technology  and  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Nursing  are  conferred  upon  students  who 
complete  the  requirements  in  the  respective 
professional  areas  and  who  are  recommended 
by  the  faculty  and  approved  by  the  Board  of 
Trustees. 

SEMESTER  HOURS 

The  requirements  for  degrees  are  stated  in 
"semester  hours  of  credit"  which  are  based 
upon  the  satisfactory  completion  of  courses 
of  instruction.  Generally,  one  semester  hour 
credit  is  given  for  each  class  hour  a  week 
throughout  the  semester.  In  courses  requiring 
laboratory  work,  not  less  than  two  hours  of 
laboratory  work  a  week  throughout  a  semester 


are  required  for  a  semester  hour  of  credit.  A 
semester  is  a  term  of  approximately  17  weeks. 
Candidates  for  degrees  must  obtain  a 
minimum  of  120  semester  hours  credit  in  aca- 
demic work  in  addition  to  the  required 
courses  in  Freshman  and  Sophomore  Physical 
Education.  However,  a  student  who  has  a 
physical  disability  may  be  excused  (on  recom- 
mendation from  the  College  Physician)  from 
the  requirement  in  physical  education. 

MAJOR 

As  a  part  of  the  total  requirement  of  120 
hours  every  candidate  for  a  degree  must  pre- 
sent at  least  24  semester  hours  of  course  work 
in  one  department  (this  is  his  major).  The 
initial  selection  of  a  major  may  be  indicated  or 
recorded  any  time  before  the  end  of  the  stu- 
dent's sophomore  year.  Such  a  choice  of 
department  or  curriculum  in  which  to  pursue 
work  of  special  concentration  must  be  made 
by  the  time  of  registration  for  the  junior  year. 

A  student  shall  be  accepted  as  a  major  in 
a  department  so  long  as  he  has  not  demon- 
strated (by  achieving  less  than  the  minimum 
grade  point  average  in  the  desired  major) 
that  he  is  incapable  of  doing  satisfactory  work 
in  the  department.  A  student  accepted  as  a 
major  has  the  right  to  remain  in  that  depart- 
ment, except  by  special  action  of  the  Dean  of 
the  College,  as  long  as  he  is  in  college. 

EXAMINATIONS 

Candidates  for  degrees  are  required  to  take 
end  of  course  examinations. 
RESIDENCE  REQUIREMENT 

Degrees  will  be  conferred  only  upon  those 
candidates  earning  in  residence  a  minimum 
of  30  semester  hours  out  of  the  last  36  taken 
before  the  date  of  the  conferring  of  the  de- 
gree, or  before  the  transfer  to  a  cooperating 
program.  Residence  credit  is  given  for  course 
work  completed  in  regular  day  classes  and  in 
evening  and  summer  session  courses  taken  on 
campus. 


27 


GRADE  POINT  AVERAGES 

Candidates  for  degrees  must  also  obtain  a 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.75,  com- 
puted in  accordance  with  the  grading  system 
indicated  below. 

In  addition,  candidates  must  earn  a  grade 
point  average  of  2.0  in  the  major  field  of 
study. 

Only  grades  received  in  courses  taken  on 
campus  or  in  courses  staffed  by  Lebanon  Val- 
ley College  at  the  University  Center  at  Harris- 
burg  are  used  to  determine  grade  point 
averages. 

SYSTEM  OF  GRADING  AND 
QUALITY  POINTS 

The  work  of  a  student  in  each  subject  is 
graded  A,  B,  C,  D,  or  F,  with  the  plus  and 
minus  available  to  faculty  members  who  wish 
to  use  them.  These  grades  have  the  following 
meanings: 

A— distinguished  performance 
B— superior  work 

C— general  satisfactory  achievement 
D— course   requirements   and   standards   satis- 
fied at  a  minimum  level 
F— course     requirements    and     standards     not 
satisfied  at  a  minimum  level 

When  a  grade  of  F  has  been  received,  the 
student  may  not  proceed  with  any  part  of  the 
course  dependent  upon  the  part  in  which  the 
grade  of  F  has  been  received.  If  a  student 
fails  in  a  subject  twice,  he  may  not  register 
for  a  third  time. 

In  addition  to  the  above  grades  the  symbols 
"I,"  "W,"  "WP,"  and  "WF"  are  used  on  grade 
reports  and  in  college  records.  "I"  indicates 
that  the  work  is  incomplete  (that  the  student 
has  postponed  with  the  prior  consent  of  the 
instructor  and  for  substantial  reason,  certain 
required  work),  but  otherwise  satisfactory. 
This  work  must  be  completed  within  the  first 
six  weeks  of  the  beginning  of  the  semester 
following,  or  the  "I"  will  be  converted  to  an 
F.  Appeals  for  extension  of  time  beyond  six 
weeks  must  be  presented  in  writing  to  the 
Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  not  later  than 
one  week  after  the  beginning  of  the  next 
semester. 

W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course  any 


time  within  the  first  six  weeks  of  classes  of  a 
semester  without  prejudice  to  the  student's 
standing.  In  case  of  withdrawal  from  a  course 
after  six  weeks  and  not  later  than  the  end  of 
twelve  weeks  the  symbol  WP  will  be  en- 
tered if  the  student's  work  is  satisfactory,  and 
WF  if  his  work  is  unsatisfactory.  The  grade 
WP  will  be  considered  as  without  prejudice  to 
the  student's  standing,  but  the  grade  WF  will 
be  counted  as  an  F.  If  a  student  withdraws 
from  a  course  after  twelve  weeks,  without  a 
reason  satisfactory  to  the  Assistant  Dean  of 
the  College,  a  grade  of  WF  will  be  recorded. 

For  courses  in  which  no  academic  credit  is 
involved,  student  work  is  evaluated  as  either 
S  (Satisfactory)  or  U   (Unsatisfactory). 

For  each  semester  hour  credit  in  a  course 
in  which  a  student  is  graded  A,  he  receives 
4  quality  points;  A-,  3.7;  B+,  3.3;  B,  3; 
B— ,  2.7;  etc.  F  carries  no  credit  and  no  quality 
points. 

PASS/FAIL  GRADING 

After  a  student  has  gained  sophomore 
standing,  he  may  elect  to  take  up  to  two 
courses  per  semester  and  one  one-semester 
course  per  summer  session  on  a  P/F  basis,  but 
only  six  of  these  courses  can  be  counted  to- 
ward graduation   requirements. 

Any  courses  not  being  counted  toward  the 
fulfillment  of  the  general  requirements  or  the 
specified  major  requirements  may  be  optional 
on  a  pass/fail  basis.  Any  pre-requisite  course 
taken  on  a  P/F  basis  and  successfully  com- 
pleted will  satisfy  the  pre-requisite. 

Any  course  taken  on  a  P/F  basis  will  be 
graded  P/H  (pass  with  distinction),  P  (pass), 
or  F  (fail),  P/H  is  defined  as  B+  and  up,  P  is 
defined  as  D—  through  B;  and  F  is  below  D— . 

Any  course  completed  on  a  P/F  basis  shall 
be  counted  toward  graduation  requirements 
but  only  an  F  grade  shall  be  included  in  com- 
puting the  grade  point  average.  All  passing 
grades  shall  be  treated  on  the  record  as  we 
presently  treat  transfer  credit. 

The  student  will  indicate  at  the  time  of  pre- 
registration  or  registration  the  courses  that  he 
has  elected  to  take  on  a  P/F  basis.  He  may, 
with  the  approval  of  his  adviser,  change  his 
option  for  P/F  grading  to  the  regular  grading 


28 


basis  or  from  regular  grading  to  P/F  grading 
within  two  weeks  after  the  beginning  of  the 
semester. 

Instructors  will  not  be  informed  of  the  grad- 
ing option  selected  by  the  student.  Instructors 
will  submit  an  A  through  F  grade  for  each  stu- 
dent which  will  be  converted  to  P/H,  P  or  F 
for  students  selecting  this  grading  system. 
TRANSFER  STUDENTS 

Students  transferring  from  two-year  institu- 
tions are  required  to  have  at  least  60  hours  of 
work  at  a  four-year  institution  for  graduation. 
A  minimum  of  30  hours  of  this  must  be  taken 
at  Lebanon  Valley  College  to  meet  the  resi- 
dence requirement.  (See  page  27.) 

Students  transferring  from  other  institutions 
must  secure  a  grade  point  average  of  1.75  or 
better  in  work  taken  at  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, and  must  meet  the  2.0  grade  point  aver- 
age in  their  major  field. 
ATTENDANCE  AT  BACCALAUREATE 
AND  COMMENCEMENT  PROGRAMS 

All  seniors  are  required  to  attend  the  Bac- 
calaureate and  Commencement  programs  at 
which  their  degrees  are  to  be  conferred. 

Degrees  will  be  conferred  in  absentia  only 
for  the  most  compelling  reasons  and  only 
upon  a  written  request  approved  by  the  As- 
sistant Dean  of  the  College.  Such  requests 
must  be  submitted  at  least  two  weeks  prior 
to  the  date  of  Commencement. 

Faculty  approval    is   required   for  the  con- 
ferring of  the  degree  and  the  issuance  of  the 
diploma  in  any  case  of  wilful  failure  to  comply 
with  these  regulations. 
GENERAL  AND  DISTRIBUTION 

REQUIREMENTS  Semester 

I.  GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS:  Hours 

English    Composition*    6 

Foreign  Language 

(Intermediate  level)* 6 

Mathematics  (First  year  level)*   3 

Religion**    6 

Physical  Education  (two  years)   0 

*  Requirement  can  be  met  by  proficiency  exami- 
nations selected  by  the  chairman  of  the  department 
involved  in  consultation  with  the  Assistant  Dean  of 
the  College,  or  through  the  Advanced  Placement 
Programs. 

**  Requirement  can  be  met  by  (a)  Religion  12  and 
13,  or  (b)  Religion  12  or  13  and  Religion  22  or  42. 


II.  DISTRIBUTION  REQUIREMENTS: 

Humanities:  Three  one-semester  courses 
(not  more  than  two  from  one  field) 
to  be  chosen  from  among  Art  or 
Music  treated  as  one  field;  litera- 
ture as  offered  by  the  Department 
of  English;  literature  as  offered  by 
the  Department  of  Foreign  Lan- 
guages; Philosophy;  Religion   ....     9 

Social    Sciences:    Three    one-semester 
courses  (not  more  than  two  from 
one  field)  to  be  chosen  from  among 
Anthropology,    Economics,    History, 
Political  Science,  Sociology 9 

Natural  Sciences:  Three  one-semester 
courses  (not  more  than  two  from 
one  field)  to  be  chosen  from  Bi- 
ology, Chemistry,  Physics,  Psy- 
chology         9-12 

48-51 

Distribution   requirements  shall   be  met  from 

among  the  following  courses: 

Humanities:  Art  12,  21;  English  20,  21,  24, 
26,  37;  Foreign  Literature  courses  above 
first  semester  15  level;  Music  19  or  30; 
Philosophy  10,  30;  Religion  32,  33;  Rel. 
22,  42  if  not  used  to  fulfill  general  re- 
quirement in  Religion. 

Social  Sciences:  Anthropology  20;  Economics 
20;  History  10,  13,  24;  Pol.  Sci.  10,  30, 
33;  Sociology  20,  21,  33. 

Natural  Sciences:  Biology  14,  18;  Chemistry 
13;  Physics  10,  17;  Psychology  20,  25,  44. 

Notes: 

1.  No  course  in  the  major  field  shall  be  used 
to  meet  general  or  distribution  require- 
ments. 

2.  No  course  taken  as  a  general  requirement 
may  count  toward  a  major. 

3.  No  credit  is  given  for  an  elementary  lan- 
guage course  if  two  or  more  years  of  the 
same  language  have  been  taken  in  sec- 
ondary school  or  if  credit  for  an  elemen- 
tary language  course  has  been  given  on 
transfer  from  another  institution.  Credit 
is  given  for  any  other  elementary  lan- 
guage course. 


29 


SPECIAL  PLANS  OF  STUDY 


ACTUARIAL  SCIENCE 

Adviser:  Dr.  Mayer 

Consultant:  Actuaries  Club  of  Philadelphia 


Course  Number 


Course  Title 


Hours 

1st 
Sem. 


FIRST  YEAR 

Mathematics    11 ... .  Elementary  Analysis  I  &  II 3 

English    10a-10b. . .  .English  Composition 3 

Foreign  Language 10  or  15      . .  Language  General  Requirement 3 

Economics 20. . . .  Principles  of  Economics 3 

The  Natural  Sciences Distribution   Requirements    4 

Physical  Education  10. . .  .Physical  Education   0 

Actuarial   Examination    Part   I    - 


16 


SECOND  YEAR 

Mathematics   21 .  . . 

Mathematics    12. . , 

Mathematics    24.  . . 

Economics 23.  . , 

The  Humanities , 

The  Social  Sciences 

Physical  Education  20.  . . 


.  Intermediate  Analysis  I  &  II 3 

.  Elementary  Statistics 3 

.  Linear  Algebra - 

.  Principles  of  Accounting 4 

.  Distribution  Requirements 3 

.  Distribution  Requirements 3 

.  Physical  Education   0 

16 


Credit 
2nd 
Sem. 


3 
3 
3 
3 
4 
0 
0 


16 


3 
4 
3 
3 
0 

16 


St>.    tmxjj 


r- 


THIRD  YEAR 

Mathematics   37. . .  .Mathematical  Statistics 

Mathematics    41 ...  .  Probability 

Mathematics 40.1 . . .  .Mathematics  Seminar  (Actuarial  Science) 

Economics    32a-32b.  . .  .  Business  Law 

Economics 36. . .  .Money  and  Banking 

Religion   General  Requirement 

The  Social  Sciences Distribution  Requirements 

Elective    

Actuarial  Examination   Part  II 


FOURTH  YEAR 

Mathematics 40.1 .  . .  .Mathematics  Seminar  (Actuarial  Science) 

Economics 44.  .  .  .Corporation  Finance 

Economics 45. . . .  Investments  and  Statement  Analysis 

The  Humanities    Distribution   Requirements    

The  Natural  Sciences Distribution   Requirements    

Electives 

Actuarial   Examination   Part  III    


16 

1 
3 

3 
3 
6 

16 


0 
16 

1 
3 


12 
0 

16 


The  above  program  is  one  that  is  typical  for 
the  actuarial  student.  Some  variation  is  pos- 
sible with  the  consent  of  the  adviser. 

Part  1  of  the  Examination  of  the  Society  of 
Actuaries  may  be  taken  in  the  spring  of  the 
freshman  year  or  the  fall  or  spring  of  the 
sophomore  year.  Part  2  of  the  Examination 
may  be  taken  in  the  spring  of  the  sophomore 
or  junior  year.  The  summer  following  the 
sophomore  or  junior  year  may  be  spent  in 
the  home  office  of  one  of  the  life  insurance 


companies.  Part  3  of  the  Examination  may  be 
taken  in  the  spring  of  the  junior  year  and 
should  be  taken  by  the  spring  of  the  senior 
year. 

The  College  is  a  testing  center  for  the  So- 
ciety of  Actuaries  and  the  major  can  take  each 
of  the  examinations  on  campus. 

Upon  the  satisfactory  completion  of  the 
above  curriculum  and  tests,  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  Major  in  Actuarial 
Science  is  granted. 


31 


CHEMISTRY 

Advisers:  Dr.  Neidig,  Dr.  Griswold,  Dr.  Lockwood 

Students  entering  with  advanced  placement  in  chemistry  are  asked  to  consult  the  advisers. 

Hours         Credit 
1st  2nd 

Course  Title  Sem.  Sem. 


Course  Number 

FIRST  YEAR 

Chemistry    13. 

English     10a-10b. 

German    11 . 

Mathematics     11 ... .  Elementary  Analysis 

Physical  Education   10. . . .  Physical  Education 

Religion   General  Requirement 3 


Principles  of  Chemistry 4 

English  Composition    3 

Scientific  German    3 

&  II 3 

0 


16 


SECOND  YEAR 

Chemistry    25  .  . 

Chemistry    24.  . 

Distribution   Requirements    

Mathematics    21 .  . 

Physical  Education   20.  . 

Physics 17.  . 


.  .Reaction  Kinetics  and  Chemical  Equilibria  4 

. .  Chemistry  of  the  Covalent  Bond — 

..The   Social   Sciences    3 

. .  Intermediate  Analysis  I  &  II 3 

. .  Physical    Education    0 

.  .  Principles  of  Physics  I   4 


14 


16 


4 
3 
3 
0 

4 

14 


32 


THIRD  YEAR 

Chemistry    36.  . 

Chemistry    37 .  . 

Chemistry    38. . 

Distribution    Requirements    

Physics     27.  . 

Chemistry    39 .  . 

Chemistry 30.1 .  . 

Chemistry   30.2 .  . 


.  .  Physical  Chemistry 3 

.  .  Organic   Chemistry    3 

. .  Instrumental  Analysis    — 

.  .The  Humanities   3 

. .  Principles  of  Physics  II 4 

. .  Laboratory  Investigations  I   1 

.  .  Laboratory  Investigations  II — 

.  .  Laboratory  Investigation  III   2 


16 

FOURTH  YEAR 

Chemistry    41 .  . .  .Advanced  Organic  Chemistry — 

Chemistry    44. . .  .Special  Problems   2 

Chemistry    45. . .  .Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry  3 

Chemistry    47. . .  .Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 3 

Distribution  Requirements The  Social  Sciences 3 

Distribution  Requirements The  Humanities   — 

Distribution  Requirements The  Sciences  3 

Elective    — 


14 


3 
3 
4 
1 
2 

16 

3 
2 

3 

3 

3 

14 


Curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry 
(Part  of  the  requirements  for  American  Chemical  Society  certified  degree) 


33 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ECONOMICS  AND 
BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Advisers:  Dr.  Tom,  Mr.  Grace,  Mr.  Peterke 

Suggested  program  for  majors  in  Economics  and  Business  Administration. 


Course  Number 

FIRST  YEAR 

Economics    20a— 20b. 

Economics   23a. 

English     10a-10b. 

Foreign    Language    10. 

Mathematics  1    or  11    


Course  Title 


Hours 

1st 
Sem. 


Distribution    Requirements 


Physical  Education   10. 

Computer  Programming   1 . 


. .  Principles  of  Economics 3 

. .  Principles  of  Accounting 4 

. .  English  Composition   3 

. .  Intermediate  French,  German,  Greek, 

Latin,  Russian,  or  Spanish  3 

. .  Introductory  Analysis  or  Elementary 

Analysis  I  3 

. .  Humanities,  or  Natural  Sciences,  or 

Social  Sciences — 

. .  Physical  Education  0 

. .  Basic  Computer  Language 


16 


SECOND  YEAR 

Economics    40.2. . .  .Microeconomic  Analysis 3 

Economics 36. . .  .Money  and  Banking — 

Economics Electives* 3 

History   13.  . .  .Introduction  to  Historiography 3 

Distribution  Requirements   Humanities,  or  Natural  Sciences,  or 

Social  Sciences    3-4 

Religion   General  Requirement 3 

Physical  Education   20. . .  .Physical  Education   0 


Credit 
2nd 
Sem. 


6-7 
0 
0 

15-16 


6-7 
3 
0 


15-16        15-16 


THIRD  YEAR 

Economics 48. . . .  Labor  Economics   3 

Economics 35 ... .  Marketing    — 

Economics Electives* 3 

Distribution  Requirements   Humanities,  or  Natural  Sciences,  or 

Social  Sciences   6-7 

Electives 3 


FOURTH  YEAR 

Economics    40.3. . .  .Seminar  and  Special  Problems — 

Economics Electives*    6-9 

Electives 6-9 


3 

3 

6-7 
3 


15-16        15-16 


*  Students   xoncentrating    in    areas    desig- 
nated should  schedule  courses  as  indicated: 


15 


3 
6-9 
6-9 

15 


Economics: 

Econ.  37— Public  Finance 

Econ.  38— International  Economics 

Econ.  40.1— History  of  Economic  Thought 

Econ.  40.4— Macroeconomic  Analysis 

Econ.  41— Economic  Growth 

Econ.  46— Econometrics 

Business  Administration: 
Econ.  32— Business  Law 
Econ.  44— Corporation  Finance 
Econ.  45— Investments  and  Statement 

Analysis 
Econ.  49— Industrial  Management  and 
Personnel  Administration 

Accounting: 

Econ.  30— Intermediate  Accounting 
Econ.  31— Advanced  Accounting 
Econ.  40.5— Auditing 
Econ.  42— Income  Tax  Accounting 
Econ.  43— Cost  Accounting 
Econ.  45— Investments  and  Statement 
Analysis 


For  students  who  are  interested  in  receiving 
Pennsylvania  Teaching  Certification   in  Com- 
prehensive Social  Studies  with  a  major  in  Eco- 
nomics, the  following  courses  are  required: 
Econ.  20— Principles  of  Economics 
Econ.  23— Principles  of  Accounting 
Econ.  35— Marketing 
Econ.  36— Money  and  Banking 
Econ.  40.2— Microeconomic  Analysis 
Econ.  40.3— Seminar  and  Special  Problems 
Econ.  48— Labor  Economics 
Econ.  32— Business  Law,  or  Econ.  37— 

Public  Finance,  or  Econ.  40.1— 
History  of  Economic  Thought, 
or  Econ.  41— Economic 
Growth,  or  Econ.  46— 
Econometrics. 


35 


ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

Advisers:  Dr.  Ebersole,  Mrs.  Herr 

Suggested  program  for  majors  in  Elementary  Education. 


Course  Number 
FIRST  YEAR 

Education    20. 

English     10a-10b. 

Foreign    Language    10. 

Distribution  Requirements   

Physical  Education   10. 

Psychology    20. 

Religion   


Course  Title 


Hours 

Credit 

1st 

2nd 

Sem. 

Sem. 

SECOND  YEAR 

Geography    10a— 10b. . 

Distribution  Requirement 

Psychology    23 . . 

History   24a  or  24b. . 

Elementary  Education    22.. 

Elementary  Education    25. . 

Elementary  Education    37. . 

Physical  Education   20. . 

Electives 


.  .Social  Foundations  of  Education  3 

. .  English  Composition   3 

. .  Intermediate  French,  German,  Russian, 

or  Spanish 3 

. .  Biology,  Chemistry,  or  Physics   3-4 

. .  Physical  Education  0 

. .  General    Psychology    — 

. .  General  Requirement 3 


3 

3-4 
0 
3 
3 


15-16        15-16 


.  .  World  Geography   3  3 

..The   Humanities    3or0  0or3 

. .  Educational  Psychology 3  — 

.  .  Survey  of  United  States  History 0  or  3  3  or  0 

.  .Music  in  the  Elementary  School —  3 

.  .Mathematics  for  Elementary  Grades   ....      —  3 

. . Children's  Literature   —  3 

. .  Physical  Education   0  0 

3or6  0or3 

15  15 


THIRD  YEAR 

Elementary  Education  34. 

Elementary  Education  23. 

Elementary  Education  36. 

Distribution  Requirements   

Psychology    21 . 

Mathematics    10. 

Elective    

Elementary  Education    43. 


FOURTH  YEAR 

Elementary  Education    40. 

Art    32. 

Elementary  Education    44. 

Distribution  Requirements   

Electives  or  area  of  concentration  .  . 


.Teaching  of  Reading 3 

.  Physical  Sciences  in  the  Elementary  School  — 
.Communications  and  Group  Processes  in 

the  Elementary  School 3 

.The  Social  Sciences 3 

.Psychology  of  Childhood  and 

Development 3 

.  Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics  3 


Health  and  Safety  Education 


15 


.Student  Teaching    12 

.Art  in  the  Elementary  School    3 

.Senior  Seminar    — 

.The  Humanities — 


15 


3 
3 

15 


3 
6 
6 

15 


37 


COOPERATIVE  ENGINEERING  PROGRAM 

Adviser:  Dr.  Mayer 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  a  coopera- 
tive program  in  Engineering  whereby  a  stu- 
dent may  achieve  a  liberal  arts  degree  from 
Lebanon  Valley  College  and  also  an  engi- 
neering degree  from  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania or  any  other  institution  with  which 
cooperative  arrangements  are  in  effect. 

A  student  electing  to  pursue  this  curricu- 
lum spends  the  first  three  years  in  residence 
at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  At  the  end  of 
these  three  years  he  may,  if  recommended,  at- 
tend the  University  of  Pennsylvania  or  another 
cooperating  institution  for  two  additional 
years  of  work  in  engineering.  Upon  the  suc- 
cessful completion  of  the  five  years  of  study, 
the  student  will  receive  two  degrees:  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  Lebanon 
Valley  College  and  a  Bachelor  of  Science  de- 
gree in  one  of  the  fields  of  engineering  from 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania  or  other  coop- 
erating institution. 

The  adviser  should  be  consulted  concerning 
the  various  curriculums. 


mm 


COOPERATIVE  FORESTRY  PROGRAM 

Adviser:  Mr.  Bollinger 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  a  program  in 
forestry  in  cooperation  with  the  School  of 
Forestry  of  Duke  University.  Upon  successful 
completion  of  a  five-year  coordinated  course 
of  study,  a  student  will  have  earned  the  Bache- 
lor of  Science  degree  from  Lebanon  Valley 
College  and  the  professional  degree  of  Master 
of  Forestry  from  the  Duke  School  of  Forestry. 

A  student  electing  to  pursue  this  curricu- 
lum spends  the  first  three  years  in  residence 
at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Here  he  obtains 
a  sound  education  in  the  humanities  and 
other  liberal  arts  in  addition  to  the  sciences 
basic  to  forestry.  The  student  devotes  the  last 
two  years  of  his  program  to  the  professional 
forestry  curriculum  of  his  choice  at  the  Duke 
School  of  Forestry. 

The  adviser  should  be  consulted  concern- 
ing the  curriculum. 


38 


MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY  CURRICULUM 

Adviser:  Dr.  Argot 

The  medical  technology  program  is  a  four- 
year  curriculum.  The  student  takes  regular  col- 
lege courses,  including  biology,  chemistry, 
physics,  mathematics,  and  general  college  re- 
quirements, during  the  first  three  years.  These 
courses  are  more  than  sufficient  to  fulfill  the 
requirements  of  the  Board  of  Schools  of  the 
American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists. 

Following  the  completion  of  these  courses 
the  student  spends  twelve  months  of  training 
at  any  hospital  with  an  American  Medical  As- 
sociation —  approved  school  of  medical  tech- 
nology. At  present  Lebanon  Valley  College  is 
affiliated  with  the  Harrisburg  Hospital. 

Upon  satisfactory  completion  of  this  intern- 
ship the  student  is  awarded  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology 
by  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

PRE-MEDICAL,  PRE-DENTAL,  AND 
PRE-VETERINARY  CURRICULA 

Adviser:  Dr.  Wolfe,  Mr.  Bollinger,  Dr.  Wolf 

Students  contemplating  admission  to  Med- 
ical, Dental,  or  Veterinary  Colleges  should 
pursue  a  science  program  with  a  major  in 
either  biology  or  chemistry.  They  should 
register  their  professional  intentions  with  the 
adviser  of  these  programs  by  the  end  of  their 
freshman  or  sophomore  years.  At  that  time 
their  work  will  be  reviewed  and  provision 
made  to  meet  the  special  requirements  of  the 
colleges  of  their  choice. 

All  students  planning  to  enter  the  medical 
profession  should  confer  with  the  pre-medical 
advisers  as  to  the  dates  for  medical  aptitude 
tests  and  other  special  requirements. 

The  advisers  should  be  consulted  concern- 
ing the  curriculum. 

NURSING 

Adviser:  Mr.  Bollinger 

The  five-year  Nursing  Plan  offers  to  young 
women  intending  to  enter  the  field  of  nurs- 
ing an  opportunity  to  obtain  a  liberal  arts 
education  in  connection  with  their  nurses' 
training. 


Lebanon  Valley  College  has  an  affiliation 
with  a  number  of  hospital  schools  of  nursing 
for  a  five-year  curriculum  in  nursing,  the  first 
two  years  of  which  are  spent  at  Lebanon  Val- 
ley College. 

The  next  three  years  are  spent  at  the  School 
of  Nursing  in  pursuit  of  the  regular  curricu- 
lum. At  the  end  of  these  five  years  the  student 
who  has  successfully  completed  both  phases 
of  the  curriculum  will  be  awarded  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  by  Lebanon 
Valley  College  and  the  diploma  in  nursing 
by  the  School  of  Nursing. 

The  adviser  should  be  consulted  concern- 
ing the  curriculum. 

Nurses  who  have  already  successfully  com- 
pleted nursing  training  and  received  their  R.N. 
rating  may  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Nursing  degree  by  completing  the  two-year 
liberal  arts  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege. 


39 


MUSIC 

Adviser:  Mr.  Fair  lamb 

Course  Number 


Course  Title 


Hours 

1st 

Sem. 


FIRST  YEAR 

English     10a-10b. 

Foreign    Language    10. 

Distribution  Requirements   

Physical  Education   10. 

Music    10,  11. 

Music    12,  13. 

Music    14,  15. 

Music 


.  English  Composition    3 

.French,  German,  Spanish,  or  Russian   ....  3 

.The  Natural  Sciences   3 

.  Physical  Education  0 

.Sight  Singing  I  &  II   1 

. Ear  Training  I  &  II   1 

.  Harmony  I  &  II    2 

.Applied  Music*    2 


15 


Credit 
2nd 
Sem. 


3 
3 
3 
0 
1 
1 
2 
2 

15 


SECOND  YEAR 

Distribution  Requirements   

Mathematics    10. 

Physical  Education   20. 

Religion   

Music 20. 

Music 22. 

Music 24. 

Music    40.1. 

Music 

Electives 


.  The  Social  Sciences 3 

.  Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics — 

.  Physical  Education  0 

.General  Requirement 3 

.Sight  Singing  III   1 

.Ear  Training  III   1 

.Harmony  III    2 

.  Counterpoint    — 

.Applied  Music*    2 

3 


15 


3 
3 

0 
3 


2 
2 
2 

15 


40 


THIRD  YEAR 

Distribution  Requirement The  Social  Sciences 3 

Distribution  Requirements   The  Humanities 3 

Music 29. . .  .Harmony  IV 2 

Music    30a— 30b. . .  .History  of  Music   3 

Music    31,  36 Form  and  Analysis  I  &  II 2 

Music 39. . .  .Keyboard   Harmony    — 

Music Applied  Music* 2 

Electives — 


15 


FOURTH  YEAR 

Distribution  Requirement The  Sciences   3 

Distribution  Requirement The  Humanities — 

Music 41 Music  Literature  Seminar 3 

Music 35 Conducting  I    — 

Music Applied  Music* 2 

Electives 7 


15 


3 
2 
2 
2 
3 

15 


2 
2 
8 

15 


Study  of  voice,  organ,  piano,  band  and  orchestral  instruments. 


41 


MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Adviser:  Mr.  Smith 

Course   Number 

FIRST  YEAR 

English 10a-10b 

Foreign  Language 10 

Biology 14 

Physical  Education   10 

Music 10,11 

Music 12,13 

Music 14,15 

Music 

SECOND  YEAR 

Distribution  Requirements   

Education 20 

Physical  Education  20 

Psychology    20 

Religion   

Music 20 

Music   21 

Music 22 

Music  Ed 23 

Music  24 

Music 


Course  Title 


Hours 

1st 

Sem. 


English  Composition 3 

French,  German,  Spanish,  or  Russian  ....  3 

Introduction  to  Biology 3 

Physical   Education   0 

Sight  Singing  I  &  II 1 

Ear  Training  I  &  II 1 

Harmony  I  &  II  2 

Applied  Music* 3 

16 

The  Social  Sciences 3 

Social  Foundations  of  Education - 

Physical   Education   0 

General  Psychology  3 

General  Requirement 3 

Sight  Singing  III 1 

Orchestration  and  Scoring  for  the  Band  . . 

Ear  Training  III    1 

Methods:  Vocal;  Grades  K-3 

Harmony   III    2 

Applied  Music* 3 

16 


Credit 
2nd 
Sem. 


3 
3 
3 
0 
1 
1 
2 
3 

16 


3 
3 
0 

3 

2 

2 

3 
16 


THIRD  YEAR 

English     -. 20a-20b. . , 

Music    30a-30b . . . 

Music 31 . . . 

Music 32. . . 

Music  Ed 33A. . , 

Music  Ed 33B.. 

Music  Ed 34A. . , 

Music  Ed 34B... 

Music 35. . 

Music 39. . 

Music 


FOURTH  YEAR 

Distribution  Requirement 

Psychology    23 . 

Art    12. 

Music 45. 

Music  Ed 40a-40b. 

Music  Ed 43 . 


.  Comparative  Literature   3 

.  History  of  Music 3 

.  Form  and  Analysis  I 2 

.  Music  Literature   2 


.Methods: 
.Methods: 
.Methods: 
.Methods: 

•  Conducting  I 
.  Keyboard  Harmony 

•  Applied  Music*    . . . 


Vocal;  Grades  4-6 2 

Instrumental;  Grades  4-6 1 

Vocal;  Jr.-Sr.  High - 

Instrumental;  Jr.-Sr.  High — 


16 


.The  Social  Sciences   — 

.  Educational  Psychology 3 

.  Introduction  to  Art   3 

.Conducting  II   2 

.  Student  Teaching 6 

.Seminar  in  Advanced  Instrumental 

Problems    — 


Elective 
Music  . 


•  Applied  Music* 2 


*  Study  of  voice,  organ,  piano,  band  and  orchestral  instruments. 


16 


2 
1 

2 
2 
3 

16 


2 
3 

2 

16 


43 


TEACHING 

Advisers:  Dr.  Ebersole,  Mrs.  Herr 

The  requirements  listed  below  are  applica- 
ble to  students  desiring  to  be  certified  to 
teach  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 


BASIC  REGULATIONS-PENNSYLVANIA 

INSTRUCTIONAL  I 

CERTIFICATE 

A.  General  Education 

Certificates  are  based  on  the  completion  of 
a  minimum  of  sixty  (60)  semester  hours  of 
acceptable  courses  in  general  education  with 
not  less  than  twelve  (12)  semester  hours  in  the 
humanities  and  not  less  than  six  (6)  semester 
hours  in  each  of  the  following  areas:  the 
social  sciences  and  natural  sciences. 

These  requirements  apply  to  both  elemen- 
tary and  secondary  fields. 


B.  Elementary  Education— Subject  Matter 
Requirements 

The  Pennsylvania  Instructional  l  certificate 
may  be  issued  to  those  who  have  completed 
the  program  specified  on  pp.  36-37. 

The  prospective  elementary  education 
teacher  is  also  required  to  have  an  academic 
major  or  an  area  of  concentration  of  at  least 
18  to  24  semester  hours. 

The  area  of  concentration  may  be  defined 
as  follows: 

Study  in  a  single  subject  such  as  history; 
study  in  a  broad  field  such  as  sociology,  psy- 
chology, and  anthropology  elected  from  social 
science;  study  in  an  inter-disciplinary  field 
such  as  courses  elected  from  the  humanities, 
social  science,  or  the  natural  sciences. 


44 


C. .  Professional  Education  for 
Secondary  Teacher  Certification 

Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  certificates  are 
based  on  the  completion  of  the  approved 
program  in  the  subject  field  to  be  taught  in 
the  secondary  school  and  a  minimum  of  eigh- 
teen (18)  semester  hours  of  professional  ed- 
ucation distributed  in  the  following  areas: 
social  foundations  of  education,  educational 
psychology,  materials  and  methods  of  instruc- 
tion and  curriculum,  and  nine  (9)  semester 
hours  in  actual  practicum  and  student  teach- 
ing experience  under  approved  supervision 
and  appropriate  seminars  including  necessary 
observation,  participation  and  conferences  on 
teaching  problems.  The  areas  of  methods  and 
materials  of  instruction  and  curriculum,  and 
student  teaching  shall  relate  to  the  subject 
matter  specialization  field  or  fields. 


D.  Secondary  Student  Teaching  Program 

A  student  concentrating  in  a  major  area  of 
interest  may,  upon  the  direction  of  his  adviser 
and  approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College,  en- 
roll in  one  of  three  student  teaching  programs. 

1.  Semester  of  Professional  Training 

A  student  desiring  to  receive,  upon  gradu- 
ation, the  Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  cer- 
tificate devotes  a  semester  of  the  senior 
year  to  professional  preparation.  The  fif- 
teen weeks  are  organized  as  follows: 

Six  Weeks:  Psych.  23.   Educational  Psychol- 
ogy. 

3:7V2:0.  See  page  105  for  course  descrip- 
tion. 

Six  Weeks:  Ed.  49.  Practicum  and  Methods. 
3:7V2:0.  See  page  74  for  course  descrip- 
tion. 


45 


Some  time  is  devoted  to  the  presentation 
of  data  on  basic  reading  instruction  to  ful- 
fill certification  requirements  for  the  Com- 
monwealth of  Pennsylvania. 
Nine  Weeks:  Ed.  40.  Student  Teaching. 

Nine  semester  hours  credit. 

The  student  enters  on  a  full-time  student 
teaching  experience  of  not  less  than  nine 
consecutive  weeks.  He  is  under  the  direc- 
tion of  a  trained  teacher  in  an  accredited 
high  school  and  is  counseled  and  directed 
by  the  college  supervisor  of  secondary 
education.  The  student  teacher  also  is  ob- 
served by  his  major  adviser. 

Prerequisites  for  Student  Teaching:  A 
student  must  have  met  the  following  re- 
quirements to  be  accepted  for  student 
teaching  in  the  professional  semester  of 
his  senior  year: 

a.  Maintained  satisfactory  academic  stand- 
ing. 

b.  Completed  the  basic  courses  Education 
20,  Psychology  23,  and  Education  49. 


c.  Secured  written   approval   of  his   major 
adviser  and  the  director  of  student  teach- 
ing. 
Post-Graduate  Student  Teaching 

The  post-graduate  student  teaching  pro- 
gram is  under  the  direction  of  Lebanon 
Valley  College  or,  by  arrangement,  may  be 
pursued  with  any  other  accredited  institu- 
tion which  has  provision  for  supervising 
student  teaching  in  the  public  schools. 

Because  of  the  necessity  of  meeting 
Pennsylvania  state  certification  require- 
ments of  proper  supervision,  only  a  limited 
number  of  students  are  accepted  in  the 
in-service  student  teaching  program.  Like- 
wise, assignments  are  made  only  to  those 
schools  within  the  range  of  the  institution 
responsible  for  supervising  the  enrollee. 
Graduate  Internship 

A  student  may  enroll  in  one  of  many 
graduate  internship  programs  after  gradua- 
tion from  college.  For  further  information 
contact  the  chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Education. 


46 


THE  COLLEGE  HONORS 
PROGRAM 

The  College  Honors  program  exists  for  the  fol- 
lowing purposes:  to  provide  an  opportunity 
for  intellectually  able  students  to  develop 
their  abilities  to  the  fullest  extent,  to  recog- 
nize and  encourage  superior  academic 
achievement,  and  to  stimulate  all  members  of 
the  College  family  to  greater  interest  and 
activity  in  the  intellectual  concerns  of  college 
life. 

These  objectives  are  pursued  by  means  of 
a  double-phased  program  consisting  of  (1) 
Honors  Sections  in  a  number  of  courses  in- 


cluded in  the  general  and  distribution  require- 
ments taken  for  the  most  part  during  the  stu- 
dent's freshman  and  sophomore  years,  and  (2) 
an  Independent  Study  plan  by  which  a  student 
during  his  junior  and  senior  years  may  do  indi- 
vidual work  within  the  department  of  his 
major  concentration.  An  Honors  student  may 
participate  in  either  of  these  phases  of  the 
program  without  participating  in  the  other. 
An  over-all  grade  point  average  of  3.00  is  a 
requirement  for  the  maintenance  of  Honors 
status. 

Appropriate  recognition  is  given  students 
who  successfully  complete  either  phase  or 
both  phases  of  the  College  Honors  program. 


47 


HONORS  SECTIONS 

Honors  Sections  are  offered  in  the  following 
courses:  English  10a— 10b,  English  Composi- 
tion; Religion  12,  Introduction  to  Biblical 
Thought;  Religion  13,  Introduction  to  the 
Christian  Faith;  Economics  20a-20b,  Principles 
of  Economics;  English  20a-20b,  Comparative 
Literature;  History  24a-24b,  Survey  of  United 
States  History;  Psychology  20,  General  Psy- 
chology; and  Sociology  20,  Introduction  to 
Sociology.  The  satisfactory  completion  of 
eighteen  hours  of  Honors  work  is  required 
for  official  recognition  of  participation  in  this 
phase  of  the  College  Honors  program. 

Freshmen  are  admitted  to  Honors  Sections 
on  the  basis  of  their  academic  standing  in 
secondary  school,  performance  in  the  College 
Entrance  Examination  Board  tests,  the  recom- 
mendation of  teachers  and  counselors,  and 
personal  interviews  with  members  of  the  Hon- 
ors Council.  Students  not  accepted  initially 
can  be  admitted  to  the  program  at  the  begin- 
ning of  subsequent  semesters  as  they  demon- 
strate ability  to  do  superior  work. 

The  seminar  and  tutorial  methods  are  used 
to  the  greatest  possible  extent,  and  sections 
are  kept  small  in  size. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

Independent  Study  is  offered  for  credit  in 
the  student's  major  field  in  the  junior  and 
senior  years.  Independent  Study  consists  of  a 
reading  and/or  research  program  producing  a 
thesis  or  an  essay.  The  latter  is  done  on  a 
problem  or  subject  of  the  student's  own 
choosing  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a 
faculty  adviser.  Opportunity  is  afforded  to  do 
creative  work.  A  maximum  of  nine  hours 
credit  can  be  earned  in  Independent  Study. 

Independent  Study  is  offered  in  the  follow- 
ing departments:  Chemistry,  Economics  and 
Business  Administration,  Elementary  Educa- 
tion, English,  Foreign  Languages,  History  and 
Political  Science,  Mathematics,  Music,  Philoso- 
phy, Physics,  Psychology,  Religion,  and  Soci- 
ology. For  further  details  regarding  require- 
ments and  procedures  in  Independent  Study, 
see  the  appropriate  paragraph  under  each  de- 
partment in  the  catalog  section  "Courses  of 
Study." 


AUXILIARY  SCHOOLS 

SUMMER,  EVENING,  EXTENSION 

Summer  sessions,  evening  classes  on  campus, 
and  extension  classes  in  the  University  Center 
at  Harrisburg  have  enabled  teachers,  state  em- 
ployees, and  others  in  active  employment  to 
attend  college  courses  and  secure  academic 
degrees.  By  a  careful  selection  of  courses, 
made  in  consultation  with  the  appropriate  ad- 
viser, students  can  meet  many  of  the  require- 
ments for  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Some 
courses  may  be  taken  for  interim,  provisional, 


48 


and  permanent  teaching  certification;  others 
may  be  taken  with  the  aim  of  transferring 
credit  to  another  institution.  Many  courses 
lead  to  professional  advancement  or  are  of 
direct  benefit  to  persons  in  business  or  indus- 
try, while  others  assist  in  broadening  the  stu- 
dent's vocational,  social,  and  cultural  back- 
ground. 

SUMMER  SESSION 

Regularly  enrolled  students  may,  by  taking 
summer  session  courses,  meet  the  require- 
ments for  the  bachelor's  degree  in  three  years. 

CAMPUS  EVENING  CLASSES 

Evening  classes  are  offered  on  the  campus, 
Monday  through  Thursday,  and  carry  resi- 
dence credit. 

Separate  brochures  are  published  for  the 
Summer  Session  and  the  Evening  Classes.  For 
copies  or  for  other  information  pertaining  to 
the  Summer  Session  or  Evening  Classes  write 
to  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  Annville,  Pennsylvania,  17003. 

UNIVERSITY  CENTER  AT  HARRISBURG 

Extension  classes  are  offered  in  the  William 
Penn  High  School,  Third  and  Division  Streets 
and  at  the  Center's  Campus,  2991  North  Front 
Street,  Harrisburg,  17110,  on  Monday  through 
Thursday  evenings  and  on  Saturday  mornings. 
Lebanon  Valley  College's  extension  program  in 
Harrisburg  is  carried  on  in  conjunction  with 
Elizabethtown  College,  Temple  University,  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  and  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania. 

All  students  admitted  and  enrolled  for  a 
degree  at  the  College  are  required  to  secure 
the  permission  of  their  advisers  and  the  Assis- 
tant Dean  of  the  College  prior  to  enrolling 
for  any  courses  at  the  University  Center  at 
Harrisburg. 

For  details  pertaining  to  the  University  Cen- 
ter at  Harrisburg  write  or  call  the  director  at 
2991  North  Front  Street,  Harrisburg,  Pennsyl- 
vania 17110,  at  238-9694  or  238-9696. 


MARINE  BIOLOGY  PROGRAM 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  a  limited  pro- 
gram in  Marine  Biology  in  cooperation  with 
the  University  of  Delaware  College  of  Marine 
Studies  and  the  University  of  Georgia  Marine 
Institute. 

Under  this  program  the  student  takes  the 
necessary  fundamental  science  courses  on 
campus  and  spends  six  to  ten  weeks  in  the 
summer  between  his  junior  and  senior  years 
at  the  University  of  Delaware  College  of  Ma- 
rine Studies,  Lewes,  Delaware.  Nine  credits  of 
marine  science  work  can  thus  be  earned  for 
transfer  to  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

In  addition,  short  field  trips  are  made  to 
Lewes  as  part  of  the  Ecology  course  (Biology 
41).  An  extended  field  trip  is  made  in  the 
senior  year  to  Sapelo  Island,  site  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Georgia  Marine  Institute.  Oppor- 
tunities are  given  here  for  study  of  various 
aspects  of  the  ecology  of  an  undisturbed 
marsh  ecosystem  and  of  basic  oceanographic 
research  methodology. 

The  College  believes  that  the  best  prepara- 
tion for  a  career  in  marine  biology  is  a 
thorough  grounding  in  biology,  chemistry, 
physics,  and  mathematics.  With  the  addition 
of  the  specific  work  in  ecology  and  marine 
science,  on  campus  and  at  the  cooperating 
institutions,  a  student  is  well  prepared  both 
for  an  immediate  career  as  well  as  for  gradu- 
ate work  in  the  field. 

JUNIOR  YEAR  ABROAD 

A  Lebanon  Valley  student  may  spend  his  junior 
year  abroad  in  study  under  a  program  admin- 
istered by  an  accredited  American  college  or 
university,  or  in  a  program  approved  by  Leba- 
non Valley  College.  Such  a  student  must  have 
maintained  a  B  average  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  must  be  proficient  in  the  language 
spoken  in  the  country  in  which  he  will  study, 
and  must  be  a  person  who  in  the  judgment  of 
the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  and  the  fac- 
ulty will  be  a  worthy  representative  of  his  own 
country.  His  proposed  course  of  study  must  be 
approved  by  the  chairman  of  his  department 
and  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College. 


49 


ACADEMIC  PROCEDURES 

REGISTRATION 

Students  are  required  to  register  for  classes 
on  official  registration  days  of  each  semester 
and  on  designated  pre-registration  days.  Infor- 
mation concerning  the  dates  for  official  regis- 
tration is  listed  in  the  College  Calendar,  pages 
3  and  5. 
LATE  REGISTRATION 

Students  registering  later  than  the  days  and 
hours  specified  will  be  charged  a  late  registra- 
tion fee  of  ten  dollars.  Students  desiring  to 
register  later  than  one  week  after  the  opening 
of  the  semester  will  be  admitted  only  by  spe- 
cial permission  of  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the 
College.  Students  who  do  not  pre-register  dur- 
ing the  designated  time  will  be  charged  a  late 
pre-registration  fee  of  ten  dollars. 

CHANGE  OF  REGISTRATION 

Change  of  registration,  including  Pass/Fail 
elections,  when  necessary,  must  be  made  over 
the  signature  of  the  adviser.  Registration  for 
a  course  will  not  be  permitted  after  the  course 
has  been  in  session  for  one  full  week.  With 
the  permission  of  his  adviser,  a  student  may 
withdraw  from  a  course  at  any  time  within 
the  first  six  weeks  of  classes  in  a  semester 
without  prejudice.  (See  p.  28.)  A  fee  of  $5.00 
is  charged  for  every  change  of  course  made  at 
the  student's  request  after  registration. 

ORIENTATION  FOR  NEW  STUDENTS 

A  spring  orientation  day  is  held  annually  for 
incoming  students.  At  this  time  the  activities 
include  a  general  orientation  to  the  College, 
diagnostic  testing,  counseling  with  academic 
advisers  and  pre-registration  for  courses.  Spe- 
cial sessions  for  parents  are  a  vital  part  of  the 
program. 

An  orientation  period  of  several  days  at  the 
beginning  of  the  college  year  is  provided  to 
help  new  students,  both  freshmen  and  trans- 
fers, to  become  familiar  with  their  academic 
surroundings.  This  time  is  devoted  to  lectures, 
social  activities,  and  informal  meetings  with 
members  of  the  faculty. 

During  the  first  semester  all  freshmen  and 
transfer  students  are  required  to  participate  in 


an  orientation  course  which  includes  a  series 
of  lectures  and  discussions  on  College  pro- 
cedures, campus  activities,  and  methods  of 
study. 

DISCONTINUANCE  OF  COURSE 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw 
or  discontinue  any  course  for  which  an  insuffi- 
cient number  of  students  have  registered. 

REPETITION  OF  COURSES 

No  student  shall  be  permitted  to  repeat 
for  credit,  grade,  or  quality  points  a  course  for 
which  he  has  already  received  a  passing  grade. 

CONCURRENT  COURSES 

A  student  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College  may  not  carry  courses  concur- 
rently at  any  other  institution  without  the 
prior  consent  of  his  adviser  and  the  Assistant 
Dean  of  the  College.  Neither  may  a  regular 
student  carry  work  concurrently  in  evening  or 
extension  courses  without  the  prior  permission 
of  his  adviser  and  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the 
College. 

A  student  registered  at  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege may  not  obtain  credit  for  courses  taken 
in  other  colleges,  including  the  University 
Center  at  Harrisburg,  during  the  summer  un- 
less such  courses  have  prior  approval  of  his 
adviser  and  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College. 

AUDITING  COURSES 

Full-time  students  are  permitted  to  register 
to  audit  courses  with  the  consent  of  the  in- 
structor and  the  academic  adviser.  The  regular 
tuition  fee  is  charged.  Neither  grade  nor  credit 
is  given  either  at  the  time  the  course  is  audited 
or  thereafter. 
FACULTY  ADVISERS 

Each  student  is  assigned  a  faculty  adviser 
who  serves  in  the  capacity  of  friendly  coun- 
selor. 

The  initial  selection  of  a  major  may  be  indi- 
cated or  recorded  any  time  before  the  end 
of  the  student's  sophomore  year.  Such  a 
choice  of  department  or  curriculum  in  which 
to  pursue  work  of  special  concentration  must 
be  made  by  the  time  of  registration  for  the 
junior  year.  This  department  or  curriculum 
shall  be  known  as  his  major.  A  student  shall 


50 


be  accepted  as  a  major  in  a  department  so 
long  as  he  has  not  demonstrated  (by  achiev- 
ing less  than  the  minimum  grade  point  aver- 
age in  the  desired  major)  that  he  is  incapable 
of  doing  satisfactory  work  in  the  department. 
The  chairman  or  another  member  of  the 
department  or  the  adviser  of  the  curriculum 
in  which  the  student  has  elected  to  major 
becomes  the  adviser  for  that  student.  The 
adviser's  approval  is  necessary  before  a  stu- 
dent may  register  for  or  withdraw  from  any 
course  or  select  or  change  his  Pass/Fail 
elections. 
ARRANGEMENT  OF  SCHEDULES 

Each  student  arranges  his  course  of  study 
and  his  class  schedule  in  consultation  with, 
and  approval  of,  his  faculty  adviser.  Students 
already  in  attendance  do  this  during  pre- 
registration  periods.  New  students  accomplish 
this  on  the  Spring  Orientation  Day. 

LIMIT  OF  HOURS 

To  be  classified  as  full-time,  a  student  must 
take  at  least  twelve  semester  hours  of  work. 
Sixteen  semester  hours  of  work  is  the  maxi- 
mum permitted  without  approval  of  the  ad- 
viser and  special  permission  of  the  Assistant 
Dean  of  the  College;  Physical  Education  car- 
ries no  credit. 

The  privilege  of  carrying  extra  hours  will 
be  granted  only  for  compelling  reasons  and 
only  when  a  satisfactory  grade  level  has  been 
maintained  for  the  previous  semester.  An  ad- 
ditional charge  will  be  made  for  all  hours 
above  sixteen. 

ACADEMIC  CLASSIFICATION 

Students  are  classified  academically  at  the 
beginning  of  each  year.  Membership  in  the 
sophomore,  junior,  or  senior  classes  is  granted 
to  those  students  who  have  earned  a  mini- 
mum of  28,  56,  or  84  semester  hours  credit 
respectively. 

All  entrance  deficiencies  must  be  removed 
before  the  academic  status  of  sophomore  is 
granted. 
COUNSELING  AND  PLACEMENT 

Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  as  part 
of  its  responsibility  to  its  students  the  need 
for  providing  sound  educational,  vocational, 


and  personal  counseling.  Measures  of  inter- 
est, ability,  aptitude,  and  personality,  in  ad- 
dition to  other  counseling  techniques,  are 
utilized  in  an  effort  to  help  each  student  come 
to  a  fuller  realization  of  his  capabilities  and 
personality.  An  important  part  of  the  coun- 
seling program  consists  of  a  series  of  lectures 
and  discussions  conducted  as  a  non-credit 
orientation  course  for  new  students. 

Placement  services  are  provided  by  the  Col- 
lege for  aiding  students  in  procuring  part-time 
employment  while  in  college  and  in  obtaining 
positions  upon  graduation.  A  current  file  is 
maintained  which  contains  information  about 
positions  in  various  companies  and  institu- 
tions, Civil  Service  opportunities  and  exami- 
nations, entrance  to  professional  schools, 
assistantships,  and  fellowships.  Representatives 
of  business,  industry,  and  educational  insti- 
tutions visit  the  campus  annually  to  interview 
seniors  for  prospective  employment.  A  file  of 
credentials  and  activities  of  those  students 
availing  themselves  of  the  services  is  available 
to  prospective  employers.  Graduates  may 
keep  their  individual  files  active  by  reporting 
additional  information  to  the  Director  of  In- 
dustrial Placement. 

A  Teacher  Placement  Bureau  which  assists 
students  in  finding  positions  is  maintained. 

Records  of  students'  credentials  in  all  areas 
of  student  activities  are  on  file. 


51 


ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS 

The  rules  of  the  College  are  designed  to  pro- 
vide for  proper  regulation  of  the  academic 
community.  The  rules  and  regulations  as 
stated  in  this  bulletin  are  announcements  and 
in  no  way  serve  as  a  contract  between  the 
student  and  the  College.  Attendance  at  the 
College  is  a  privilege  and  not  a  right.  The  stu- 
dent by  his  act  of  registration  concedes  to  the 
College  the  right  to  require  his  withdrawal 
any  time  deemed  necessary  to  safeguard  the 
ideals  of  scholarship  and  character,  and  to 
secure  compliance  with  regulations.  It  is  ex- 
pected that  the  conduct  of  all  campus  citizens 
will  conform  to  accepted  standards.  All  stu- 
dents are  required  to  respond  to  communica- 
tions sent  by  any  duly  constituted  authority 
of  the  College. 
CLASS  ATTENDANCE 

Each  student  is  held  responsible  for  know- 
ing and  meeting  all  requirements  for  each 
course,  including  regular  class  attendance.  Be- 
cause of  differences  in  various  disciplines, 
specific  regulations  governing  class  attendance 
are  set  by  each  department,  approved  by  the 
Dean  of  the  College,  and  administered  by  the 
instructor.  At  the  opening  of  each  course  the 
instructor  will  clearly  inform  the  students  of 
the  regulations  on  class  attendance.  Viola- 
tions of  class  attendance  regulations  will  make 
the  student  liable  to  being  dropped  from  the 
course  with  a  failing  grade,  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  instructor  and  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College. 

Excused  absences  are  granted  by  the  Assist- 
ant Dean  of  the  College  only  for  bona  fide 
medical  and  compelling  personal  reasons,  or 
for  participation  in  official  functions  of  the 
College.  Students  on  academic  probation  are 
permitted  only  excused  absences. 

Excused  absences  do  not  absolve  the  stu- 
dent from  the  necessity  of  fulfilling  all  course 
requirements. 

ACADEMIC  DISHONESTY 

Instances  of  open  and  conclusive  academic 
dishonesty  are  dealt  with  in  accordance  with 
the  following  regulations: 

For  the   first   offense   the   faculty   member 


shall  have  the  authority  to  fail  the  student  in 
the  course. 

For  the  second  offense  the  student  shall  be 
failed  in  the  course  and  additional  action 
taken,  up  to  and  including  expulsion  from 
College,  if  deemed  warranted  by  the  Dean 
of  the  College. 

For  the  third  offense,  if  the  second  act  of 
dishonesty  did  not  warrant  expulsion  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Dean  of  the  College,  the 
student  shall  be  punished  by  failure  in  the 
course  and  expulsion  from  the  College. 

CHAPEL-CONVOCATION  PROGRAM 

A  chapel-convocation  program  is  held  reg- 
ularly each  week.  The  weekly  programs  are 
augmented  by  not  more  than  eight  additional 
events  at  other  times  during  the  semester. 
From  this  total  of  twenty-four  programs  each 
full-time  student  will  select  not  less  than 
twelve  to  fulfill  his  attendance  requirement  for 
the  semester.  For  each  unexcused  absence,  re- 
sulting in  less  than  twelve  attendances,  one 
hour  will  be  added  to  the  hours  required  for 
graduation. 

HAZING 

Hazing  is  strictly  prohibited.  Any  infringe- 
ment by  members  of  other  classes  upon  the 
personal  rights  of  freshmen  as  individuals  is 
interpreted  as  hazing. 

CARS  AND  STUDENT  PARKING 

Resident  students  of  the  three  upper  classes 
may  have  cars  on  campus.  Resident  freshmen 
students  are  not  permitted  to  have  cars. 

All  cars  owned  or  operated  by  Lebanon 
Valley  College  students  must  be  registered 
with  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Men.  Viola- 
tions of  established  parking  regulations  will 
result  in  fines  and  may  result  in  suspension  or 
revocation  of  parking  privileges. 

TRANSCRIPTS 

Each  student,  former  student,  or  graduate 
is  entitled  to  one  transcript  of  his  college  rec- 
ord without  charge.  For  each  copy  after  the 
first,  a  fee  of  one  dollar  is  charged. 


52 


REGULATIONS  REGARDING  ACADEMIC 
PROBATION,  SUSPENSION,  DISMISSAL, 
WITHDRAWAL 

A.  PROBATION 

A  student  can  be  placed  on  academic  pro- 
bation by  the  Dean  of  the  College  or  sus- 
pended or  dismissed  if  his  academic  standing 
fails  to  come  up  to  the  grade-point  average 
shown  in  the  following  table: 

Suspension  or 
Probation       dismissal 

1st  semester 1.25 

2nd  semester 1.50     1.25  cumulative 

3rd  semester 1.50 

4th  semester 1.70     1.50  cumulative 

5th  semester 1.75 

6th  semester 1.75     1.65  cumulative 

7th  &  8th  semesters. . .  1.75  in  all  courses 

A  student  placed  on  academic  probation  is 
notified  of  such  status  by  the  Dean  of  the 
College  and  informed  of  the  College  regula- 
tions governing  probationers.  Students  on 
probation  are  required  to  regulate  their  work 
and  their  times  so  as  to  make  a  most  deter- 
mined effort  to  bring  their  work  up  to  the 
required  standard. 


When  a  student  is  placed  on  academic 
probation,  faculty  and  parents  are  notified  by 
the  Dean  of  the  College.  The  Dean  of  the 
College  may  terminate  the  period  of  proba- 
tion of  any  student.  Usually  this  occurs  at  the 
end  of  a  final  marking  period. 

Infraction  of  the  following  regulations  gov- 
erning probationers  render  a  student  liable 
to  dismissal: 

1.  No  unexcused  class  absences  will  be 
permitted. 

2.  Any  office  or  activity  in  any  College 
organization  that  involves  such  expendi- 
ture of  time  as  to  jeopardize  the  suc- 
cessful pursuit  of  academic  work  must 
be  relinquished. 

B.  SUSPENSION 

1.  A  student  who  obviously  fails  to  achieve 
at  a  level  commensurate  with  his  measured 
ability  may  be  suspended  for  at  least  one 
semester. 

2.  A  student  suspended  for  academic  rea- 
sons is  not  eligible  for  reinstatement  for  at 
least  one  semester,  preferably  two. 

3.  A  student  seeking  reinstatement  to 
Lebanon  Valley  College  must  apply  in  writing 
to  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

4.  Students  suspended  for  academic  rea- 
sons are  not  permitted  to  register  for  work 
in  the  Auxiliary  Schools  except  for  the  most 
compelling  reasons  and  then  only  with  the 
approval  of  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College. 

5.  A  student  may  be  suspended  without  a 
prior  period  on  probation. 

C.  DISMISSAL 

A  student  dismissed  for  academic  reasons 
is  not  eligible  for  readmission. 

D.  WITHDRAWAL  FROM  COLLEGE 
AND  READMISSION 

Official  withdrawal  from  College  is  accom- 
plished only  by  the  completion  of  with- 
drawal forms  obtained  in  the  Office  of  the 
Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  and  Registrar. 
This  is  the  sole  responsibility  of  the  student. 

Application  for  readmission  will  be  con- 
sidered only  if  the  formal  withdrawal  pro- 
cedure has  been  followed  at  the  time  of 
withdrawal. 


53 


Student  Activities 


THE  RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

Lebanon  Valley  College  was  founded  as  a 
Christian  College  and  continues  to  be  dedi- 
cated to  this  objective.  All  students  are  in- 
vited and  urged  to  participate  in  some  phase 
of  religious  activity. 

THE  CHAPEL-CONVOCATION 
PROGRAM 

A  series  of  twenty-four  programs  is  held  each 
semester  from  which  each  student  selects  a 
minimum  of  twelve  to  fulfill  attendance  re- 
quirements. These  programs  include  chapel 
services  and  convocation  programs  that  are 
held  on  Tuesday  mornings,  as  well  as  cultural 
events  selected  by  the  Chapel-Convocation 
Committee.  This  committee,  with  equal  rep- 
resentatives from  administration,  faculty,  and 
students,  will  announce  the  total  Chapel- 
Convocation  program  at  the  beginning  of 
each  semester. 

Rationale  of  Chapel-Convocation  Policy 

This  rationale  attempts  to  clarify  the  aims 
and  objectives  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  as 
they  relate  to  the  chapel-convocation  policy 
and  program.  These  goals  which  have  been 
duly  published  constantly  remind  us  that  this 
institution  was  chartered  to  promote  the 
highest  human  possibilities.  Two  principal  foci 
of  our  chapel-convocation  policy  and  pro- 
gram are:  (1)  our  conception  of  the  distinc- 
tive nature  of  the  liberal  arts  and  (2)  the  char- 
acter of  the  academic  community  we  would 
consciously  shape. 

Every  aspect  of  educational  activity  reflects 
qualitative  concerns  or  a  scale  of  values.  The 
liberal  arts  inevitably  raise  fundamental  ques- 
tions which  require  honest  regard  for  ultimate 
values  and  personal  commitments.  To  insure 
responsible  learning  and  human  concern  it 
is  necessary  to  recognize  the  value-laden  na- 


ture of  all  knowledge.  Indeed,  the  liberal 
arts  are  not  so  much  courses  of  study  as  they 
are  human  attributes  or  personal  qualities 
which  enhance  the  possibility  for  rational 
discrimination,  uncoerced  decision,  and  re- 
sponsible commitment.  Chapel  services  and 
convocation  programs  are  considered  there- 
fore not  only  an  opportunity  to  focus  honest 
criticism  upon  our  qualitative  concerns  and 
scale  of  values,  but  they  are  offered  as  an 
integrating  experience  for  the  development  of 
the  whole  person.  Thus,  we  believe  an  au- 
thentic liberal  arts  experience  will  engender 
a  sense  of  mystery,  reverence,  adoration,  and 
celebration  of  the  Highest.  Such  an  experience 
can  be  most  profitably  exercised  and  crea- 
tively structured  in  communal  worship  and 
convocation  programs. 

Second,  we  believe  a  liberal  arts  college  is 
a  community  of  learning  responsibly  com- 
mitted to  humanistic  values.  But  human  values 
are  not  meaningfully  experienced  in  abstrac- 
tion or  in  isolation.  Indeed,  man  is  truly 
human  only  in  community  and  therefore  man 
can  be  correctly  understood  only  when  seen 
in  relation  to  God  and  fellowman.  As  an  in- 
stitution we  consciously  attempt  to  shape  this 
community  with  reference  to  the  values  we 
see  in  Jesus  Christ  whom  we  confess  to  be 
our  highest  norm  of  truth  and  goodness;  in 
Him  we  see  authentic  humanity  as  God's  in- 
tention for  all  men.  This  orientation  is  not  in 
any  way  an  exclusion  or  demeaning  of  non- 
Christians;  rather,  such  a  confession  positively 
requires  a  good  will  and  sincere  openness  to 
all  persons  without  exception.  When  a  college 
seeks  community  at  its  highest  and  deepest 
levels  through  corporate  learning  and  wor- 
ship it  does  so  for  the  same  reason  it  provides 
a  library,  gymnasium,  theatre,  or  laboratory, 
namely,  opportunity  for  the  highest  human 
development.  Of  course  it  is  fatuous  to  as- 


55 


sume  that  every  opportunity  offered  in  col- 
lege will  prove  to  be  an  occasion  for  an  en- 
riching experience  for  every  student;  but  that 
fact  does  not  excuse  the  college  from  pro- 
viding opportunities  for  experiences  con- 
sidered most  essential  to  the  realization  of 
man's  highest  potential. 

In  summary,  a  liberal  arts  institution  may 
engage  in  a  sort  of  quasi-education  and  will 
fail  to  serve  the  whole  person  if  it  defaults 
in  its  confrontation  with  qualitative  concerns, 
deflects  from  commitment  to  ennobling 
values,  or  denies  the  need  for  corporate  cele- 
bration of  life's  highest  good.  Granted  our 
conception  of  the  nature  of  the  liberal  arts 
and  the  particular  kind  of  community  we 
seek  to  be,  provision  for  corporate  worship 
and  convocation  programs  is  integral  to  our 
total  reason  for  being  a  liberal  arts  community 
committed  to  a  definitive  value-orientation, 
i.e.  Christian,  to  life. 

SUNDAY  SERVICES 

The  United  Methodist  Church  and  the 
other  churches  of  the  community  extend  a 
warm  welcome  to  all  college  students  who 
wish  to  attend  Sunday  worship. 

There  are  seven  churches  of  different  de- 
nominations in  Annville  itself.  Other  parishes 
of  major  religious  groups  not  found  in  Ann- 
ville are  located  within  a  five-mile  radius  of 
the  College. 

PROJECT 

PROJECT  is  the  all-campus  organization 
which  coordinates  the  activities  of  the  vari- 
ous denominational  religious  groups  on  cam- 
pus. It  also  provides  programs  and  activities 
to  fulfill  the  spiritual  needs  of  the  students 
and  promotes  the  spirit  of  brotherhood  in  the 
college  community.  Throughout  the  year  the 
organization  sponsors  a  Big  Sister-Little  Sister, 
Big  Brother-Little  Brother  program,  faculty 
firesides  where  students  spend  an  evening  at 
home  with  the  professors,  and  all-campus  re- 
treats for  fun,  fellowship,  and  relaxation. 
PROJECT  also  provides  special  seasonal  serv- 
ices, opportunities  for  weekend  work  campus, 
presentations  by  guest  speakers,  films,  dramas, 
and  other  types  of  programs.  All  students  are 


welcome  to  assist  in  the  planning  of  and  to 
participate  in  these  activities. 

DENOMINATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS 

It  is  possible  for  the  different  denomina- 
tions and  faiths  to  organize  their  students  into 
clubs  or  other  type  organizations.  Each  of 
these  groups  in  turn  elects  one  of  its  members 
to  the  Executive  Board  of  PROJECT.  Because 
of  the  newness  of  this  policy  the  number  of 
organized  religious  clubs  is  not  yet  very  large. 

RELIGIOUS  EMPHASIS  WEEK 

This  is  one  of  the  outstanding  religious 
events  of  the  school  year.  Notable  speakers 
are  invited  to  share  their  experiences  with  the 
student  body  through  classroom  lectures,  sem- 
inars, convocations,  and  personal  interviews. 
THE  BALMER  SHOWERS  LECTURESHIP 

This  annual  lectureship  was  established  and 
endowed  by  the  late  Bishop  Emeritus  J. 
Balmer  Showers,  '07,  of  the  Evangelical  United 
Brethren  Church.  Under  the  stipulations  of 
the  endowment,  the  lectures  are  delivered  by 
distinguished  scholars  of  recognized  leader- 
ship in  the  areas  of  Christian  faith  and  the- 
ology, biblical  archaeology  and  interpretation, 
and  Christian  ethics  of  the  Christian  ministry. 
RELIGION  AND  LIFE  LECTURESHIPS 

The  purpose  of  the  Religion  and  Life  Lec- 
tureships is  to  deepen  the  student's  under- 
standing of  some  of  the  problems  of  life  and 
the  religious  resources  that  are  available  to 
meet  such  problems.  Each  semester  a  Chris- 
tian leader  of  national  or  international  repu- 
tation is  invited  to  spend  a  day  on  campus 
in  order  to  confer  with  students  and  faculty, 
to  conduct  seminars,  and  to  address  the  en- 
tire college  community. 
DELTA  TAU  CHI 

Delta  Tau  Chi  is  an  organization  composed 
primarily  of  students  who  have  decided  to 
devote  full-time  service  to  church  vocations. 
Membership  is  open,  however,  to  all  stu- 
dents who  wish  to  participate  in  its  activities 
and  subscribe  to  its  purpose.  The  group  holds 
regularly  scheduled  meetings,  and  daily  devo- 
tion, sends  deputations  to  churches,  con- 
ducts programs  at  various  hospitals  and 
homes,  and  enters  into  other  community 
projects. 


56 


CAMPUS  ORGANIZATIONS 

SOCIAL  ORGANIZATIONS 

Five  organizations  endeavor  to  enrich  the 
social  program  of  the  College  by  sponsoring 
social   activities   on    the   campus   and   in    the 
community,   and   by   broadening   the   experi- 
ence of  its  members  through  group  action. 
Delta  Lambda  Sigma 
Kappa  Lambda  Nu 
Kappa  Lambda  Sigma 
Knights  of  the  Valley 
Phi  Lambda  Sigma 

RECOGNITION  GROUPS 

Students  who  have  achieved  scholastic  dis- 
tinction in  their  academic  work  or  in  certain 
areas    are    eligible    for   membership    in    hon- 
orary scholastic  societies. 
Phi  Alpha  Epsilon 
Beta  Beta  Beta 
Pi  Gamma  Mu 
Psi  Chi 

HONORARY  AND  SERVICE 
ORGANIZATIONS 

Six  organizations  exist  to  bring  recognition 
to  deserving  music  students  and  participants 
in  dramatic  activities  or  to  function  as  service 
organizations  on  the  campus. 
Alpha  Phi  Omega 
Alpha  Psi  Omega 
Freshman  Orientation  Board 
Gamma  Sigma  Sigma 
Phi  Mu  Alpha 
Sigma  Alpha  lota 

PUBLICATIONS 

Practical  experience  in   management,  writ- 
ing, and  editorial  work  is  available  to  students 
through  membership  on  the  staffs  of  the  col- 
lege yearbook  and  the  campus  newspaper. 
The  Quittapahilla 
La  Vie  Collegienne 

DEPARTMENTAL  CLUBS 

Many  departmental  clubs  provide  oppor- 
tunities for  students  to  participate  in  supple- 
mental department  activities.  At  regular 
meetings    reports   on    appropriate   topics   are 


presented     and     discussed.     Other    activities 

sponsored  by  the  departmental  clubs  include 

lectures  by  specialists  in  the  club's  particular 

field  of  interest,  educational  films,  and  field 

trips. 

Chemistry:  American  Chemical  Society 

Affiliate 
Economics:  Investment  Club 
Education:  Childhood  Education  Club, 

Student  P.S.E.A. 
English:  Green  Blotter  Club 
Mathematics:  Industrial  Mathematics  Society 

Affiliate 
Modern  Languages:  French  Club,  German 

Club,  Russian  Club 
Physics:  Physics  Club,  Student  Section  of  the 

American  Institute  of  Physics 
Psychology:  Psi  Chi 
Sociology:  Sociology  Club 

DRAMATICS  AND  MUSIC 

An   opportunity   to   develop    dramatic   and 
musical   talents  under  qualified   leadership  is 
offered  to  the  students  of  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege by  the  following  organizations: 
All-Girl  Band 
Chapel  Choir 
College  Chorus 
Concert  Choir 
Guild    Student    Group    (American    Guild    of 

Organists) 
Symphonic  Band 
Symphony  Orchestra 
Wig  and  Buckle  Club 


CULTURAL  OPPORTUNITIES 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  cultural  pro- 
grams in  the  form  of  the  Great  Artists  Series, 
concerts  by  students,  faculty  members,  and 
musical  organizations  in  the  Department  of 
Music,  and  lectures  sponsored  by  the  various 
departments  of  the  College.  In  addition,  the 
neighboring  communities  of  Harrisburg, 
Hershey,  and  Lebanon  offer  concerts,  lectures, 
and  other  cultural  activities  throughout  the 
year. 


57 


STUDENT  GOVERNMENT 

Ultimate  responsibility  for  activities  on  the 
college  campus  rests  with  the  faculty  and  the 
administration.  However,  the  faculty  and  the 
administration  have  delegated  powers  and 
responsibilities  to  the  student  governing 
bodies  so  that  to  a  large  extent,  students 
govern  themselves.  The  College  encou-;;e; 
initiative  and  self-government  as  a  part  of 
the  democratic  training  offered. 

The  representative  organizations  described 
below  were  established  to  function  in  areas 
of  student  government  They  are  privileged 
to  conduct  the  affairs  of  the  student  bodv  of 
Lebanon  Valley  College  under  their  separate 
responsibilities  so  as  to  guide  and  promote 
the  affairs  of  the  students  and  in  accordance 
with  local,  state  and  federal  laws  and  general 
institutional  rules. 

STUDENT  COUNCIL 

The  Student  Council  seeks  to  foster  under- 
standing and  cooperation  among  the  students. 
faculty  and  administration  of  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  It  is  the  elected  group  that  acts  as 
the  central  clearing  house  for  all  recommenda- 
tions and  grievances,  outside  the  area  of  re- 
sponsibility of  the  Student  Senate,  which 
emanate  from  the  student  body.  The  Student 
Council  also  coordinates  student  activities  and 
provides  for  the  financing  of  those  activities. 
It  is  composed  of  fifteen  members. 

STUDENT  SENATE 

The  Student  Senate,  composed  of  twelve 
elected  members,  is  the  student  disciplinary 
bodv-.  In  addition  to  rendering  decisions  con- 
cerning student  justice  and  assigning  punish- 
ments for  rule  violations,  it  has  the  responsi- 
bility of  establishing  social  rules  and  regula- 
tions in  accordance  with  the  general  rules  of 
the  College.  One  of  the  key  concepts  that 
underiies  student  government  is  that  it  is  the 
responsibility  and  obligation  of  each  student 
to  enforce  the  rules  that  have  been  established 
by  the  Student  Senate.  A  Senate  Handbook  is 
distributed  to  all  new  students  at  the  start  of 
the  school  year. 


STUDENT  GOVERNMENT 
EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE 

The  highest  authority  in  matters  of  student 
government  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  the 
Executive  Committee.  This  group,  composed 
of  four  students,  two  administrators,  two 
faculty  members,  and  the  President  of  the 
College  who  serves  as  chairman,  has  authority 
to  make  major  policy  changes  upon  recom- 
mendation by  the  Student  Senate  or  Student 
Council.  It  acts  on  matters  or  appeals  referred 
to  it  by  students,  faculty  members,  administra- 
tors, the  Student  Senate,  or  the  Student 
Council. 

INSTITUTIONAL  RULES 

1.  There  shall  be  no  dichotomy  between 
rules  for  men  and  rules  for  women  and 
there  shall  be  unprejudiced  equality  in  all 
aspects  except  security  measures  for 
women  to  be  determined  by  the  women. 

2.  Senior  students  and  students  twenty-one 
years  of  age  and  older  are  given  prefer- 
ence in  applying  for  permission  to  live 
off  campus  in  the  event  the  College  is 
unable  to  furnish  housing,  provided  pre- 
ference is  also  given  to  students  with  such 
Qualifications  of  age  and  class  standing 
who  are  not.on  academic  or  social  proba- 
tion. 

3.  The  possession  and/or  use  of  alcoholic 
beverages  by  any  one  on  any  property 
owned  by  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  pro- 
hibited. 

4.  Any  interference  with  the  educational  or 
administrative  processes  of  the  institution 
is  forbidden. 

5.  Women  are  not  permtited  to  go  to  the 
rooms  of  men  students  nor  men  students 
to  the  rooms  of  women  students  except 
when  "open  house"  is  declared  by  the 
Senate.  Parents  and  their  guests  may  visit 
dormitory  rooms  from  12:30  p.m.  to  5:00 
p.m.  on  Saturday  and  Sunday  only. 

6.  Gambling  is  forbidden  on  the  campus. 

7.  Smoking  is  prohibited  in  all  College  build- 
ings except  in  residents'  rooms  and  where 
receptacles  are  provided. 

8.  Pets  shall  not  be  kept  in  the  dormitories. 


58 


9.  Resident  freshmen  shall  be  required  to  stay 
on  campus  every  weekend  except  one 
prior  to  the  Thanksgiving  vacation. 
10.  Freshmen  resident  students  are  not  per- 
mitted to  have  or  drive  motor  vehicles  in 
Annville  at  any  time  unless  accompanied 
by  a  parent 

ATHLETICS  AND  RECREATION 

Lebanon  Valley  College  maintains  a  full  pro- 
gram of  intramural  and  intercollegiate  ath- 
letic activities.  Intramural  leagues  and 
tournaments  are  conducted  in  the  various 
sports  for  men,  while  the  women  acquire 
points  toward  individual  awards  by  participa- 
tion  in   the  women's   intramural    program. 

The  College  participates  in  seven  intercol- 
legiate sports  for  men  (basketball,  cross- 
country, football,  golf,  lacrosse,  track,  wrest- 
ling) and  two  for  women  (basketball  and 
hockey).  There  are  two  athletic  organizations 
on  the  campus,  the  LV  Varsity  Club  for  men 
and  the  Women's  Athletic  Association. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  the 
following  national  and  regional  athletic  as- 
sociations: National  Collegiate  Athletic  Asso- 
ciation, Middle  Atlantic  States  Collegiate 
Athletic  Conference,  Eastern  Collegiate  Athle- 
tic Conference,  and  Central  Pennsylvania  Field 
Hockey  Association 


AIMS  AND   OBJECTIVES  OF 
INTERCOLLEGIATE  ATHLETICS 

Lebanon  Valley  College  supports  its  inter- 
collegiate athletics  program  because  it  offers 
its  students  an  opportunity  to  participate  in 
activities  that  afford  an  outlet  for  competitive 
spirit  and  vitality,  while  further  providing  each 
student  with  an  opportunity  to  develop, 
understand  and  appreciate  the  values  of  team- 
work, pride,  morale,  dedication,  physical  fit- 
ness and  school  spirit 


59 


Courses  of  Study 


60 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

COURSE  NUMBERING  SYSTEM 

Courses  are  numbered  as  follows:  Generally,  1-19  indicates  courses  offered  at  the  fresh- 
man level;  20-29  indicates  courses  offered  at  the  sophomore  level;  30-39  indicates  courses 
offered  at  the  junior  level;  40-49  indicates  courses  offered  at  the  senior  level;  101-142 
indicates  courses  in  applied  music. 

If  the  academic  year  is  not  indicated  after  a  course,  it  is  understood  that  the  course  is 
offered  every  year.  Courses  that  continue  throughout  the  year  are  listed  in  two  ways.  If 
either  semester  may  be  taken  as  a  separate  unit,  without  the  other  semester,  the  course 
will  be  listed  as  a  and  b.  For  example,  a  student  may  take  English  21b  even  though  he  has 
not  had  English  21a  and  does  not  expect  to  take  it.  But  if  no  letter  is  indicated  with  the 
course  number,  a  student  may  not  enter  the  course  at  mid-year. 

COURSE  CREDIT 

Semester  hours  of  credit,  class  hours  per  week,  and  laboratory  hours  per  week  are 
indicated  by  three  numbers  immediately  following  the  course  title,  i.e.,  "4:2:4  per 
semester"  following  "Biology  18"  means  four  semester  hours  of  credit,  two  classroom 
hours  per  week,  and  four  laboratory  hours  per  week  each  semester. 


61 


ART 


Instructor  Iskowitz 

12.     Introduction  to  Art.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

Students  are  exposed  to  visual  forms  which  are  analyzed  in  an  attempt  to  understand  the 
nature  of  art  through  structure,  the  characteristics  of  media  and  content.  The  importance  of 
shaping  individual  perception  is  stressed  in  order  to  show  how  the  observor  plays  an  active 
role  in  his  appreciation  for  a  work  of  art.  Lecture,  problems  using  old  and  new  techniques  are 
explained  as  well  as  the  various  media  of  the  visual  arts. 

Prerequisite  to  other  art  courses. 

14.     Studio  Drawing  and  Painting.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

Problems  offered  which  attempt  to  provide  maximum  opportunity  for  development  of  the 
creative  capacity  of  the  individual  in  terms  of  active  involvement,  with  examination  and  ex- 
ploration of  the  limits  of  inherent  qualities  of  various  media,  techniques,  and  tools  as  related 
to  various  art  forms.  Introduction  to  printmaking,  especially  etching  and  woodcutting,  is 
offered. 

21a.  Art  History,  Pre-history  through  the  Middle  Ages.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Consideration  of  representative  visual  expressions  of  the  major  cultures  of  the  successive 
historic  periods  included.  Stress  given  to  the  interaction  of  factors  influencing  the  various 
forms  of  visual  expressions.  Lecture,  discussion,  visual  aids,  and  assignment  of  breadth  to 
encourage  individual  research  in  area  of  developing  interest. 

Prerequisite:  Art  12. 

21b.  Art  History,  Renaissance  to  Twentieth  Century.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Study  of  the  major  forms  of  the  visual  arts  representative  of  the  Renaissance  and  succeeding 
centuries  as  expressed  both  by  the  individual  and  major  schools.  These  viewed  in  terms  of 
degree  of  reflection  of  the  social,  ideological,  and  economic  foci  of  the  period.  Lecture,  discus- 
sion, visual  aids,  supplementary  assignments. 

Prerequisite:  Art  12. 

32.    Art  in  the  Elementary  School.  3:2:2.  First  semester. 

Survey  of  theories  of  art  education  and  of  programs  of  creative  process  activities  adaptive 
to  the  various  levels  of  maturation  at  the  elementary  level.  Studio  experience  employing  a 
variety  of  media  and  techniques  is  offered  to  give  experience  and  understanding  to  the  problems 
involved.  Practical  knowledge  of  process,  sources  of  supply,  approaches  to  display,  and  trends 
in  evaluation  of  process  are  presented  through  lecture,  discussion,  demonstration,  visual  aids, 
supplementary  reading. 

Prerequisite:  Art  12. 


62 


BIOLOGY 


Assistant  Professor  Wolf,  Chairman;  Assistant  Professors  Argot,  Bollinger,  and  Wolfe; 
Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  Malm 

The  work  outlined  in  the  following  courses  in  biology  is  intended  to  develop  an 
appreciation  of  man's  relation  to  his  universe,  to  acquaint  students  with  those  funda- 
mental concepts  necessary  for  the  proper  interpretation  of  the  phenomena  manifested 
by  the  living  things  with  which  they  are  surrounded,  and  to  lay  a  foundation  for 
specialization  in  professional  courses  in  biology. 

.  The  courses  are  designed  to  prepare  students  for  the  work  in  professional  schools, 
schools  for  medical  technologists,  hospital  schools  for  training  of  nurses,  for  graduate 
work  in  colleges  and  universities,  for  teaching  the  biological  sciences  in  high  schools, 
and  for  assistantships  in  university  and  experiment  station  laboratories  in  the  depart- 
ments of  agriculture  and  other  government  agencies. 

Major:  Biology  18  and  22,  Chemistry  13,  24,  and  25,  Physics  10  or  17,  Math  1  or 
three  hours  of  mathematics  other  than  Math  10  or  Math  12,  one  semester  of  Biology 
40.1,  and  sixteen  additional  hours  in  Biology. 

14.    Introduction  to  Biology.  3:2:2  per  semester. 

The  central  theme  is  human  life,  its  relation  to,  and  dependence  upon,  biological  phe- 
nomena. The  course  is  designed  for  the  non-science  major;  however,  modern  concepts  of 
chemistry  and  physics  will  be  utilized  to  explain  biological  problems. 

The  laboratory  includes  exercises  in  botany,  genetics,  ecology,  anatomy,  and  physiology. 

18.     General  Biology.  4:3:4  per  semester. 

Representative  forms  of  plant  life  are  studied  the  first  semester  and  representative  forms  of 
animal  life  the  second  semester.  Structure,  and  biological  laws  and  principles  are  stressed.  This 
course  or  its  equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  all  other  courses  in  the  department. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite-  Chemistry  13. 

21.  Microbiology.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 
A  basic  study  of  the  morphology,  physiology,  and  biochemistry  of  representative  micro- 
organisms. 

22.  Genetics.  4:3:2.  Second  semester. 
This  course  deals  with  the  mechanism  and  laws  of  heredity  and  variation,  and  their  prac- 
tical applications. 


63 


28.  Botany.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 
The  course  is  designed  to  deal  with  the  broader  aspects  of  plants,  emphasizing  a  study  of 

the  taxonomic,  ecological,  evolutionary  and  pathological  principles.  Consideration  will  be 
given  to  the  local  flora,  with  emphasis  being  placed  on  those  features  which  indicate  relation- 
ships of  the  various  families. 

29.  Biology  of  the  Chordates.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 
The  anatomy  of  the  chordates  is  studied  from  a  comparative  viewpoint  with   particular 

attention  given  to  the  correlation  of  structure  to  living  conditions.  Laboratory  work  involves 
dissection  and  demonstration  of  representative  chordates. 

30.  Comparative  Histology  and  Microtechnique.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 
Microscopic  anatomy  of  invertebrate  and  vertebrate  tissues  illustrating  basic  tissue  simi- 
larities and  specialization  in  relation  to  function.  The  laboratory  work  includes  the  preparation 
of  slides  utilizing  routine  histological  and  histochemical  techniques. 

31.  Developmental  Biology.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 
The  study  of  basic  descriptive  phenomena  in  the  development  of  typical  invertebrate  and 

vertebrate  embryos  will  be  extended  into  consideration  of  modern  embryological  problems. 

32.  Animal  Physiology.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  various  tissues,  organs,  and  systems  of  animals  considered  from  a  func- 
tional point  of  view. 

34.  Plant  Physiology.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 
This  course  acquaints  the  stuuent  with  the  various  functions  of  parts  of  plants.  It  includes 

lectures  and  experimental  work  on  the  processes  of  photosynthesis,  nutrition,  respiration, 
growth,  the  role  of  hormones,  digestion,  absorption,  etc. 

35.  Invertebrate  Zoology.  4:2:4.  Second  semester. 
A  study  of  the  anatomy,  physiology,  and  life  histories  of  representatives  of  most  of  the 

invertebrate  phyla. 

40.1.     Biology  Seminar.  1 :1 :0  per  semester. 

Readings,  discussions,  and  reports  on  modern  trends  in  biology. 

41.     Ecology.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 

The  fundamental  concepts  of  ecology  are  examined  with  emphasis  placed  on  the  inter- 
action between  organisms  and  their  biological  and  physical  environment  in  selected  ecosys- 
tems—freshwater, marine,  and  terrestrial.  Field  trips  will  be  taken  to  selected  areas.  Laboratory 
work  will  be  conducted  on  problems  associated  with  various  types  of  ecosystems. 

Prerequisites:  Two  semesters  of  biology  beyond  Biology  18  or  permission  of  the  instructors. 

44.  Special  Problems.  1-3  hours  credit  per  semester. 
Limited  to  students  majoring  in  biology  who  have  had  ample  courses  in  the  department 

and  whose  records  indicate  that  they  can  be  encouraged  to  take  part  in  research  or  can  work 
independently  on  research  problems  in  which  they  have  a  special  interest. 

It  is  also  for  those  who  have  had  most  of  the  courses  required  for  their  major  but  who 
may  have  a  special  need  for  experience  in  fields  not  listed  in  the  course  offerings  of  the 
department.  Students  interested  in  a  course  in  marine  biology  should  elect  Biology  44  in  their 
senior  year. 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  staff. 

45.  Cell  Physiology.  4:2:4.  First  semester. 
A  molecular  approach  to  the  study  of  the  organization  and  function  of  the  cell. 

For  senior  or  junior  majors  who  have  completed  at  least  two  years  of  chemistry. 


64 


CHEMISTRY 


Professor  Ne/d/'g,  Chairman;  Professor  Lockwood;  Associate  Professor  Criswold;  Assis- 
tant Professors  Lyndrup  and  Spencer;  Instructor  Bell 

The  aims  of  the  department  are:  (1)  to  provide  students  majoring  in  chemistry 
rigorous  training  in  the  principles  and  applications  of  modern  chemistry;  (2)  to 
provide  students  interested  in  the  teaching  profession  an  opportunity  to  become 
acquainted  with  the  teaching  of  science;  and  (3)  to  offer  students  interested  in  ad- 
vanced study  or  in  industrial  employment  professional  training  in   chemistry. 

Major:  Chemistry  24,  25,  30.1,  30.2,  36,  37,  38,  39  and  4  hours  of  44. 
.  6.5.  in  Chemistry  (certified  by  the  American  Chemical  Society):  Chemistry  24,  25, 
30.1,  30.2,  36,  37,  38,  39,  41,  45,  47  and  4  hours  of  44. 

For  outline  of  course  leading  to  the  degree  of  B.S.  in  Chemistry,  see  pages  32-33. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

Juniors  and  seniors  may  participate  in  the  Independent  Study  program  if  they  have 
demonstrated  a  high  scholastic  ability  and  proficiency  in  both  experimental  and 
theoretical  chemistry.  To  be  recommended  for  departmental  honors,  a  student  is 
required:  (1)  to  submit  a  thesis  based  on  extensive  laboratory  investigation  of  an 
original  problem;  (2)  to  defend  the  thesis  before  an  appropriate  examining  committee. 
13.    Principles  of  Chemistry.  4:3:3  per  semester. 

A  systematic  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  and  concepts  of  chemistry. 

24.  Chemistry  of  the  Covalent  Bond.  4:3:4.  Second  semester. 
The  presentation  of  the  structure  and  chemistry  of  covalent  compounds  including  thermo- 
dynamic and  kinetic  considerations. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  25. 

25.  Reaction  Kinetics  and  Chemical  Equilibria.  4:3:4.  First  semester. 
An  investigation  of  chemical  systems  involving  a  study  of  reaction  kinetics  and  equilibria, 

emphasizing  the  reaction  of  ionic  substances  and  using  modern  analytical  methods. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  13  or  demonstrated  equivalent  background. 

30.1.  Laboratory  Investigations  II.  2:0:8.  Second  semester. 
Physical-chemical  investigations  of  chemical  systems. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  36  (first  semester). 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  36  (second  semester). 

30.2.  Laboratory  Investigations  III.  2:0:8.  First  semester. 
Investigations  of  methods  of  synthesis  and  analysis  of  organic  compounds  including  some 

physical-organic  studies. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  24. 


65 


36.  Physical  Chemistry.  3:3:0  per  semester. 
A  course  in  the  physical  theories  of  matter  and  their  applications  to  systems  of  variable 

composition. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  25  and  Mathematics  11. 
Corequisite:  Physics  17. 

37.  Organic  Chemistry.  3:0:0.  First  semester. 
A  study  of  the  preparation,  properties,  and  uses  of  the  aliphatic  and  aromatic  compounds 

with  emphasis  on  the  principles  and  reaction  mechanisms  describing  their  behavior. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  24. 

38.  Instrumental  Analysis.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
A  consideration  of  the  use  of  instrumental   analytical    methods   including   spectrophoto- 

metric,  electroanalytical,  coulometry,  and  polarography. 
Prerequisite:  One  semester  of  Chemistry  36. 
Corequisite:  A  second  semester  of  Chemistry  36. 

39.  Laboratory  Investigations  I.  1 :0:4  per  semester. 
Use  of  instrumental  techniques  for  investigating  chemical  systems. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  24. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  36. 

41.    Advanced  Organic  Chemistry.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  consideration  of  the  structure  of  organic  compounds  and  the  mechanisms  of  homogene- 
ous organic  reactions. 

Prerequisites-  Chemistry  36  and  Chemistry  37. 

43.  Biochemistry.  4:3:4.  First  semester;  3:2:4.  Second  semester. 
A  course  in  the  physical  and  organic  aspects  of  living  systems. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  25  and  Chemistry  37. 

44.  Special  Problems.  2:1:4  per  semester.  A  maximum  of  eight  semes- 

ter hours  credit  may  be  earned  in  this  course. 
Intensive  library  and  laboratory  study  of  topics  of  special  interest  to  advanced  students  in  the 
major  areas  of  chemistry.  For  students  preparing  for  secondary  school  teaching,  the  emphasis 
is  placed  on  methods  of  teaching  chemistry. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  36,  and  the  consent  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Department. 

45.  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  analytical  chemistry. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  36  and  Chemistry  38. 

46.  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis.  2:0:8.  First  semester. 
Presentation  of  the  principles  and  methods  of  organic  analysis. 

Prerequisite:  Chemistry  37. 

47.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry.  3:3:0  per  semester. 
An  advanced  course  applying  theoretical  principles  to  the  understanding  of  the  descriptive 

chemistry  of  the  elements. 

Prerequisites:  Chemistry  36  and  Physics  27. 

48.  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
A  presentation  of  advanced  topics  in  chemistry  from  such  areas  as  quantum   mechanics, 

thermodynamics,  and  kinetics. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  36. 

COMPUTER  PROGRAMMING 

Associate  Professor  Griswold 
1.     BASIC  Computer  Language.  0:1 :0.  Either  semester. 

Introduction  to  the  BASIC  Language. 

66 


ECONOMICS  AND  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Professor  Tom,  Chairman;  Assistant  Professors  Maniyar  and  Peterke;  Instructor  Grace 


The  aim  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  to  give  its  students  the  opportunity  to  pro- 
cure a  liberal  education  of  the  highest  quality.  Thus  within  this  general  objective  of 
the  College,  the  program  of  study  in  economics  and  business  administration  at 
Lebanon  Valley  College  is  designed  to  provide  for  its  own  major: 

1.  A  broad  and  liberal  education  so  that  graduates  of  this  department  will   play  a 
_  more  active  role  in  our  changing  world  of  ideas  and  actions;  and 

2.  A  sound  and  integrated  knowledge  of  the  essential  principles  and  problems  of 
economics  and  business  administration. 

Major:  Economics  20a-20b,  first  semester  of  Economics  23,  Economics  35,  36,  40.2, 
40.3  and  48,  and  6  additional  hours  as  approved  by  the  adviser. 

For  an  outline  of  the  suggested  program  in  Economics  and  Business  Administration, 
see  pages  34-35. 

Economics  20a-20b  is  a  prerequisite  for  all  courses  in  this  department  of  a  higher 
number  except  Economics  23  and  32a-32b. 

A  concrete  effort  is  afoot  nationally  to  promote  an  understanding  of  the  American 
economy.  In  an  effort  to  raise  the  level  of  economic  literacy,  the  Commonwealth  of 
Pennsylvania  and  other  states  have  prescribed  the  introduction  of  economics  in  the 
secondary  schools.  The  Department  of  Economics  and  Business  Administration  offers 
an  approved  program  for  the  granting  of  Teacher  Certification  in  Comprehensive 
Social  Studies  with  a  major  in  Economics  as  approved  by  the  Department  of  Education 
of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

The  purpose  of  the  departmental  Independent  Study  program  is  to  provide  oppor- 
tunity for  capable  students  to  undertake  advanced  academic  work  independently 
under  supervision  of  one  or  more  members  of  the  department. 

In  order  to  participate  in  the  departmental  Independent  Study  program,  the  appli- 
cant is  required  to: 

1.    demonstrate  in  his  academic  work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  required  to  under- 
take extensive  research  projects; 


67 


2.  apply  for  and  receive  permission  for  such  participation  from  the  departmental 
chairman  and  from  the  Dean  of  the  College  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first 
semester  of  the  junior  year; 

3.  obtain  departmental  approval  of  a  research  project; 

4.  prepare  a  paper  on  the  research  project  under  the  guidance  of  one  or  more  staff 
members  of  the  department; 

5.  submit  the  paper  in  April  of  the  senior  year;  and 

6.  present  and  defend  the  paper  before  a  faculty  committee  selected  by  the  depart- 
mental chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  in  the  Independent  Study  program, 
the  departmental  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  will  determine  whether  or 
not  the  student  will  be  graduated  with  departmental  honors. 

ECONOMICS 

20a-20b.     Principles  of  Economics.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

An  introductory  course  in  economic  principles:  consumption,  production,  banking  and 
monetary  theories  and  policies,  governmental  activities  and  fiscal  policies,  price  system  and 
allocation  of  resources,  price  levels  and  business  fluctuation,  theory  of  employment  and  income, 
and  international  economics. 

Prerequisite  for  courses  of  a  higher  number  within  the  department,  except  23  and  32a-32b. 

36.  Money  and  Banking.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
Nature  and  functions  of  money  and  credit,  credit  instruments   and   the   money   market, 

development  and  role  of  commercial  banking  and  central  banking,  and  structure  and  functions 
of  the  Federal  Reserve  System.  Monetary  and  banking  theory,  policy,  and  practice.  Influence  on 
prices,  level  of  income  and  employment,  and  economic  stability  and  progress. 

37.  Public  Finance.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
Revenues  and  expenditures  and  economic  functioning  of  the  federal,  state,  and  local  gov- 
ernments; principles  of  taxation — shifting,  incidence,  and  burden;  influence  on  incentives, 
income  distribution,  and  resource  allocation;  economic  and  social  a^spectSpOf  public  spending; 
budgetary  control  and  debt  management;  fiscal  policy  and  economic  staBirtty. 

38.  International  Economics.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
A  study  of  theories  of  trade;  capital   movement;   mechanism   for  attaining   equilibrium; 

economic  policies  such  as  tariff,  quota,  monetary  standards  and  exchange,  state  trading,  cartel, 
and  other  economic  agreements;  the  International  Monetary  Fund  and  the  International  Bank 
for  Reconstruction  and  Development. 

40.1.  History  of  Economic  Thought.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
The  evolution  of  economic  thought  through  the  principal  schools  from  Mercantilism  to  the 

present.  Attention  will  be  given  to  the  analysis  of  the  various  theories  of  value,  wages,  interest, 
rent,  profit,  price  level,  business  cycles,  and  employment,  and  to  the  influences  of  earlier 
economic  ideas  upon  current  thinking  and  policy-making. 

40.2.  Microeconomic  Analysis.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
Theories  of  demand,  production,  price,  and  resource  allocation. 

40.3.  Seminar  and  Special  Problems.  3:3:0.  Hours  to  be  arranged. 
Independent  study  and  research  in  economics,  business  administration,  or  accounting  under 

the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  departmental  staff. 

68 


40.4.     Macroeconomic  Analysis.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Theoretical  and  empirical  study  of  national  income  and  business  cycles. 

41.     Economic  Growth.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Theoretical  and  empirical  study  of  economic  development. 

46.     Econometrics.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

An  introductory  application  of  mathematical  concepts  and  statistical  methods  to  economic 
theories  and  policies. 

48.    Labor  Economics.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Analysis  of  the  American  labor  movement;  theories,  history,  structure,  and  functions  of 
unionism;  individual  and  collective  bargaining  policies  and  practices;  labor  legislation; 
grievances;  arbitration. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

23.    Principles  of  Accounting.  4:3:2  per  semester. 

Accounting  principles  and  their  application  in  service,  trading,  and  manufacturing  business 
operating  as  single  proprietorships,  partnerships,  and  corporations.  Topics  studied  include:  the 
accounting  cycle — journalizing,  posting,  worksheet,  financial  statements,  adjusting,  closing; 
basic  partnership  problems — formation,  distribution  of  profits,  dissolution;  corporation  and 
manufacturing  accounting;  basic  problems  of  depreciation,  depletion,  valuation;  introduction 
to  analysis,  interpretation,  and  use  of  financial  statements. 

Accounting,  a  language  of  business,  provides  a  tool  to  implement  work  in  other  fields  of 
business  administration. 

30.  Intermediate  Accounting.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
-    Intensively  covers  valuation  accounting  relating  to  working  capital  items — cash,  temporary 

investments,  receivables,  inventories,  current  liabilities;  non-current  items — investments,  plant 
and  equipment,  intangible  assets  and  deferred  charges,  and  long-term  liabilities;  and  corporate 
capital.  Includes  nature  of  income,  cost,  and  expense;  statement  of  source  and  application  of 
funds;  and  statement  preparation  and  analysis.  Attention  is  given  to  relevant  official  pronounce- 
ments in  accounting.  CPA  examination  accounting  theory  questions  are  utilized. 
Prerequisite:  Economics  23. 

31.  Advanced  Accounting.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
Accounting  for  joint  ventures;  special  sales  procedures — installment,  consignment,  agency 

and  branch;  parent  and  subsidiary  accounting — consolidations  and  mergers;  fiduciary  and 
budgetary  accounting — statement  of  affairs,  receivership,  estates  and  trusts,  governmental  ac- 
counting; foreign  exchange;  insurance;  actuarial  science  and  applications.  Attention  is  given  to 
relevant  official  pronouncements  in  accounting.  CPA  examination  accounting  problems  are 
utilized. 

Prerequisite:  Economics  30. 

32a-32b.     Business  Law.  3:3:0.  per  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

Elementary  principles  of  law  generally  related  to  the  field  of  business  including  contracts, 
agency,  saies,  bailments,  insurance,  and  negotiable  instruments. 

35.    Marketing.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

As  a  branch  of  applied  economics,  this  course  deals  with  (1)  the  application  of  economic 
theory  in  the  distribution  of  economic  goods  on  the  manufacturers'  and  wholesalers'  level; 
(2)  the  methods  of  analysis  on  the  product,  the  consumer,  and  the  company,  and  (3)  the  admin- 
istrative decisions  on  product  planning,  distribution  channels,  promotional  activities,  sales 
management,  and  price  policy.  To  bridge  the  gap  between  the  understanding  and  the  applica- 
tion of  marketing  principles,  students  are  required  to  prepare  and  discuss  a  number  of  cases 
pertaining  to  some  specific  areas  of  marketing. 

69 


40.5.     Auditing.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 

Study  and  appraisal  of  current  auditing  standards  and  related  literature. 
Prerequisite:  Economics  23. 

42.  Income  Tax  Accounting.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
Analysis  of  the  Federal  Income  Tax  Law  and  its  applications  to  individuals,  partnerships, 

fiduciaries,  corporations;  case  problems;  preparation  of  returns. 
Prerequisite:  Economics  23,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

43.  Cost  Accounting.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
Industrial  accounting  from  the  viewpoint  of  material,  labor,  and  overhead  costs;  the  analysis 

of  actual  costs  for  control  purposes  and  for  determination  of  unit  product  costs;  assembling  and 
presentation  of  cost  data;  selected  problems. 
Prerequisite:  Economics  23. 

44.  Corporation  Finance.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
A  study  of  organizing  a  business,  financing  permanent  and  working  capital  needs,  manag- 
ing income  and  surplus,  expanding  through  internal  growth  and  combination,  recapitalization 
and  reorganization.  Forms  of  business  organization;  charter  and  by-laws;  directors,  officers,  and 
stockholders;  stocks  and  bonds;  dividend  policy;  concentration  and  anti-trust  legislation. 

Prerequisite:  Economics  23. 

45.  Investments  and  Statement  Analysis.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
Development  and  role  of  investment  and  its  relation  to  other  economic,  legal,  and  social 

institutions.  Investment  principles,  media,  machinery,  policy,  and  management  are  discussed. 
Financial  statement  analysis  is  stressed  and  designed  for  preparation  as  Certified  Public 
Accountants  and/or  Chartered  Financial  Analysis. 

49.    Industrial  Management  and  Personnel  Administration.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Principles  of  decision  making  in  business  management.  Personnel  policies  and  practices. 


EDUCATION 

(Professor  Ebersole,  Chairman;  Associate  Professor  Weast;  Assistant  Professors   Herr, 
Kerr,  and  Petrofes 
The  aim  of  the  Department  of  Education  is  to  acquaint  students  with  the  art  of 
teaching  and  to  develop  in  each  prospective  teacher  a  full  realization  of  his  responsi- 
bilities in  this  profession. 

For  a  statement  of  requirements  for  those  planning  to  enter  the  teaching  profession, 
see  pages  36-37  and  44-46. 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

Major:  Elementary  Education  22,  23,  34,  36,  37,  40,  43,  44;  Art  32;  Geography  10; 
Psychology  21. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

Independent  Study  in  elementary  education  permits  the  capable  student  to  increase 
the  depth  of  his  understanding  in  an  area  of  special  interest  and  the  general  scope 
of  his  knowledge  of  elementary  education.  It  is  planned  as  an  integral  part  of  the 
student's  major  program  rather  than  work  superimposed  upon  it. 

A  student  majoring  in  elementary  education  may  participate  in  the  Independent 
Study  program  when  he  completes  the  freshman-sophomore  College  Honors  Pro- 
gram or  when  he  demonstrates  in  his  academic  work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  re- 
quired to  undertake  an  extensive  research  project;  achieves  a  3.3  grade-point  average 
in  departmental  courses  and  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  all  college  courses;  applies 
in  writing  to  the  chairman  of  the  department  not  later  than  the  end  of  the  first 
semester  of  his  junior  year.  Approval  of  the  application  must  be  given  by  the  Dean 
of  the  College  upon  recommendation  by  the  department  staff. 

A  maximum  of  nine  credit  hours  may  be  earned  in  this  program.  These  hours  will 
be  distributed  over  the  junior  and  senior  years  with  a  minimum  of  one  and  a  maxi- 
mum of  three  hours  to  be  taken  in  one  semester.  This  must  include  participation  in 
the  Senior  Seminar,  Elementary  Education  44,  required  of  all  students  majoring  in 
elementary  education.  The  student  will  investigate  an  area  of  special  interest  begin- 


71 


ning  with  the  study  of  the  literature  and  culminating  in  the  design  and  execution  of 
an  approved  experimental  or  theoretical  research  project;  submit  to  the  depart- 
mental chairman  periodic  progress  reports  and  any  other  indication  of  performance 
that  may  be  required  by  the  department;  complete  the  project  by  April  of  the  senior 
year;  report  and  defend  the  findings  of  the  project  in  a  manner  to  be  determined  by 
the  departmental  staff. 

Graduation  with  Honors  in  Elementary  Education  will  depend  on  the  quality  of 
performance  in  the  research  project,  the  maintenance  of  the  grade  point  averages 
required  for  admission  to  the  program,  success  in  the  comprehensive  student-teaching 
program,  and  the  final  approval  of  the  departmental  staff  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

EDUCATION  COURSES  For  Both  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 

20.     Social  Foundations  of  Education.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

A  study  is  made  of  the  history  of  education  correlated  with  a  survey  of  the  principles  and 
theories  of  noted  educational  leaders.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  influence  these  leaders  and 
their  followers  have  made  on  school  and  society. 

Required  for  elementary  and  secondary  certification. 

30.    Educational  Measurements.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  validity  and  reliability,  appraisal  and  construction  of  test  items 
and  consideration  of  the  uses  of  test  results. 

Recommended  elective  in  elementary  and  secondary  fields. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  20. 

41.  An  Introduction  to  Guidance.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
An   overview  of  guidance   in  the   public  schools   including   the   history,   philosophy  and 

development  of  programs.  Procedures  and  instruments  to  be  employed  by  the  classroom 
teacher;  creation  of  conditions  for  mental  health;  relation  of  guidance  to  other  phases  of 
instruction. 

Prerequisites:  Education  20;  Psychology  20  and  23. 

42.  The  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
A  general  view  of  the  practices  and  programs  for  the  education  of  exceptional  children  and 

youth.  The  study  includes  children  with  physical,  mental,  and  emotional  handicaps;  gifted 
children.  Observation  in  special  classes,  child  study,  and  the  survey  of  curricular  materials  used 
in  their  education  are  part  of  the  requirements. 

Prerequisites:  Education  20;  Psychology  20  and  23. 

45.    Visual  and  Sensory  Techniques.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Psychological  bases  for  sensory  aids;  study  and  appraisal  of  various  aids;  use  of  apparatus; 
sources  of  equipment  and  supplies. 

Recommended  elective  in  elementary  and  secondary  fields.  Open  only  to  seniors  preparing 
to  teach  or  enter  the  ministry. 

Prerequisites:  Education  20;  Psychology  20  and  23. 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

El.  Ed.  22.    Music  in  the  Elementary  School.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Fundamentals  of  music,  movement  to  music,  study  of  child  voice,  materials  and  methods 
for  the  different  grades,  and  a  survey  of  the  literature  used  in  the  public  schools. 

El.  Ed.  23.    The  Physical  Sciences  in  the  Elementary  School.  3:2:2.  Second  semester. 

Recent  developments  in  arithmetic  and  science  and  the  applications  in   the  classroom; 

curriculum  planning;   modern  teaching  methods;   instructional   materials;  demonstrations  and 

72 


experiments  adapted  to  the  elementary  classroom. 

Prerequisites:  Elementary  Education  25;  one  year  of  a  laboratory  science. 

El.  Ed.  25.    Mathematics  for  the  Elementary  Grades.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  concepts  of  mathematics  and  a  survey  of  the  new 
and  old  in  mathematical  disciplines  as  applied  in  the  elementary  school. 

El.  Ed.  34.     Teaching  of  Reading.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  problems  and  procedures  of  instruction  in  the  development  of  basic  read- 
ing skills.  Effective  reading  programs,  courses  of  study,  teaching  and  learning  materials,  and 
research  studies  in  this  field  are  investigated  and  evaluated. 

El.  Ed.  36.  Communications  and  Group  Processes  in  the  Elementary  School.  3:2:2  per  semester. 
A  course  dealing  with  fundamentals  for  language  growth  in  the  areas  of  oral  and  written 
expression,  correct  usage,  spelling,  and  handwriting.  The  development  of  basic  concepts  related 
to  effective  citizenship  in  a  democracy.  A  variety  of  learning  experiences  and  materials  will 
be  used  and  evaluated;  especially,  students  will  have  experience  in  preparing  an  individual 
resource  unit. 

El.  Ed.  37.     Children's  Literature.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  literature  of  childhood,  including  authors  and  illustrators.  Attention  is  given 
to  children's  reading  interests,  criteria  and  aids  in  selecting  materials,  a  brief  survey  of  the  de- 
velopment of  children's  literature,  and  the  art  of  storytelling  and  its  place  in  the  curriculum. 

El.  Ed.  40.    Student  Teaching.  Twelve  semester  hours  credit.  First  semester. 

Each  student  spends  an  entire  semester  in  a  classroom  of  an  area  public  school  under  the 
supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating  teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only.  A  cumulative 
grade  point  average  of  2.0  during  the  first  six  semesters  in  college  is  required. 

Student  teaching  begins  with  the  opening  of  the  public  schools.  College  residence  halls 
and  dining  hall  are  available  to  the  student  teachers. 

Prerequisites:  Education  20;  Psychology  23;  Elementary  Education  23,  34,  36  and  37. 

El.  Ed.  43.     Health  and  Safety  Education.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester. 

The  course  includes  a  study  of  basic  health  and  safety  practices  and  procedures  as  applied 
to  the  elementary  school,  a  program  of  physical  education  for  elementary  school  children,  an 
American  Red  Cross  approved  program  of  First  Aid,  and  an  evaluation  of  sources  and  use  of 
materials. 

Prerequisites:  Education  20;  Psychology  23. 

El.  Ed.  44.    Senior  Seminar.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

The  semester  gives  immediate  help  with  pertinent  problems  in  student  teaching.  Topics 
related  to  over-all  success  in  teaching  will  be  thoroughly  dealt  with:  professional  ethics,  class- 
room management,  home  and  school  relationships,  community  responsibilities,  professional 
standards,  and  other  related  areas. 


SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

40.     Student  Teaching.  Nine  semester  hours  credit.  Either  semester. 

Given  only  to  seniors  as  a  part  of  the  professional  semester.  Each  student  spends  full  time 
in  the  classroom  for  a  minimum  of  9  weeks. 

This  course  fulfills  the  Pennsylvania  certification  requirement. 

Prerequisites:  Education  20  and  49;  Psychology  23. 

73 


49.     Practicum  and  Methods.  3 :71/2 :0.  Either  semester. 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  students  with  some  basic  behaviors  in  the  class- 
room that  will  help  the  prospective  teacher  in  any  subject  area.  A  text  serves  as  a  source  of  in- 
formation about  "methods  of  teaching"  and  planning.  Students  work  independently  on  the 
problems  of  reading  in  their  particular  fields.  Visits  to  the  area  schools,  class  presentations  by 
teachers  from  these  schools  and  the  students'  video-taped  presentations  for  their  own  analysis 
all  help  to  prepare  them  for  the  student  teaching  experience. 

Required  of  all  seniors  in  secondary  education. 

Prerequisite:  Education  20. 


74 


ENGLISH 


Associate  Professor  Ford,  Chairman;  Professor  Faber;  Professor  Emeritus  Struble;  Assis- 
tant Professors  Billings,  O'Donnell,  and  Woods;  Instructor  Ramsay 

The  purpose  of  the  Department  of  English  is  to  afford  students  a  vital  contact  with 
the  literature  of  our  language  and  to  assist  them  to  write  and  speak  effectively. 

Major:  In  addition  to  the  required  course  in  English  composition  (English  10a— 10b) 
English  majors  will  take  English  20a-20b,  English  21a  or  21b,  22,  26a-26b,  30a-30b, 
31,32,35,  and  49. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

The  Department  of  English  provides  three  types  of  recognition  of  superior  ability: 

1.  Entering  students  of  proved  ability  in  English  composition  may  under  certain 
circumstances  be  exempted  from  one  or  both  semesters  of  English  10,  providing 
they  register  for  enough  additional  hours  in  literature  to  meet  the  general  require- 
ments in  English  for  graduation. 

2.  Students  who  are  majoring  in  English  may  become  candidates  for  departmental 
honors  if  they  have  a  grade  point  average  of  3.0  in  courses  in  English,  and  if  they 
receive  permission  from  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  the  Dean  of  the 
College,  ordinarily  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  their  junior  year. 

The  specific  program  for  departmental  honors  for  each  student  accepted  for 
the  Independent  Study  program  will  be  worked  out  by  that  student  in  consultation 
with  the  chairman  of  the  department,  in  accordance  with  the  plan  for  depart- 
mental honors  adopted  by  the  faculty  on  May  8, 1961. 

3.  A  senior  who  has  been  accepted  for  honors  and  who  looks  forward  to  a  career  in 
college  teaching  may,  upon  recommendation  of  the  chairman  of  the  department 
and  appointment  by  the  Dean  of  the  College,  become  an  intern  in  English,  to 
render  such  assistance  in  the  duties  of  the  Department  of  English  as  will  in  some 
measure  help  to  prepare  him  for  a  professional  career  in  this  field.  Ordinarily  only 
one  intern  will  be  appointed  in  any  one  academic  year. 

lOa-IOb.     English  Composition.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  study,  supplemented  by  practice  in  writing,  of  the  principles  of  composition  and  of 
the  cultural  context  within  which  men  must  communicate  effectively. 


75 


11a — 11b.    Word  Study.  1:1:0  per  semester. 

This  course  has  a  twofold  purpose:  (1)  to  give  the  student  some  insight  into  linguistic 
processes,  particularly  as  pertains  to  the  growth  of  the  English  vocabulary;  and  (2)  to  increase 
the  range  of  the  student's  vocabulary,  in  order  that  he  may  have  greater  mastery  over  his  own 
native  tongue.  Problems  of  pronunciation  and  spelling  go  hand  in  hand  with  vocabulary 
building. 

20a — 20b.    Comparative  Literature.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

This  course  has  four  principal  aims:  (1)  to  familiarize  students  with  some  of  those  master- 
pieces of  Western  World  literature  which  are  a  part  of  the  common  heritage  of  every  cultivated 
mind;  (2)  to  acquaint  students  with  the  conventions,  techniques,  and  presuppositions  of  various 
types  of  literature,  so  that  they  may  be  able  to  deal  intelligently  with  these  types  when  they 
meet  them  elsewhere;  (3)  to  provide  students  with  genuinely  aesthetic  experiences,  in  the  hope 
that  reading  and  the  appreciation  of  literature  will  continue  to  enrich  their  spirits  throughout 
their  lives;  and  (4)  to  pass  on  to  them  some  sense  of  the  underlying  values  of  our  cultural 
system. 

21a — 21b.    American  Literature.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

First  semester:  a  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  beginnings  to  the  Civil  War. 
Second  semester:  a  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present  day. 

22.  Oral  Communication.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 
This  course  is  designed  to  establish  basic  concepts,  understandings,  and  attitudes  con- 
cerning the  nature  and  importance  of  oral  communication  and  to  provide  experience  in  speak- 
ing and  in  competent  criticism  of  these  activities. 

23.  Creative  Writing.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
The  Writing  of  Poetry  and  the  Writing  of  Fiction  in  alternate  years. 

24.  Contemporary  Literature.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
A  study  of  selected  prose  and  poetry  produced  in  America  and  England  since  World  War  I. 

26a-26b.     Survey  of  English  literature.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  study  of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings  to  our  own  time,  viewed  in  perspective 
against  the  background  of  English  life  and  thought. 

Prerequisite:  English  10a-10b. 

30a-30b.     Shakespeare.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  survey  of  English  drama  from  its  beginnings  to  and  including  Shakespeare:  (a)  a  study 
of  Shakespeare's  history  plays  and  their  place  in  the  Elizabethan  world,  and  an  analysis  of  early 
Shakespearean  comedy;  (b)  a  study  of  Shakespeare's  major  tragedies,  the  problem  comedies, 
and  the  late  romantic  comedies. 

Prerequisite:  English  20  or  26  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

31.  History  of  the  English  Language.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
Historical  study  of  English  sounds,  grammatical  forms,  and  vocabulary;    introduction   to 

structural    linguistics;   standards   of  correctness   and   current   usage.   This    course    is    primarily 
intended  for  those  who  plan  to  teach  English  and  is  in  part  a  course  in  methods  of  teaching. 
Prerequisite:  English  20  or  26  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

32.  Chaucer.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
Intended  to  give  the  student  a  reasonable  familiarity  with  Chaucer;  to  provide  a  detailed 

picture  of  mediaeval  life,  culture,  and  thought;  and  to  develop  skill  in  the  reading  of  earlier 
English. 

Prerequisite:  English  31. 

76 


33.     Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Survey  of  the  nineteenth  century  as  seen  through  the  literature  and  other  arts  produced 
from  1830  to  1915. 

Prerequisite:  English  20  or  26  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

35.  Poetry  of  the  Romantic  Movement.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
A  study  of  the  principal  poets  of  the  early  nineteenth  century:  Woodsworth,  Coleridge, 

Byron,  Shelley,  and  Keats. 

Prerequisite:  English  20  or  26  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

36.  Seventeenth  Century  Literature.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
A  study  of  seventeenth  century  prose  and  poetry  from  the  late  Elizabethans  to  John  Milton 

within  the  context  of  seventeenth  century  thought. 

37.  Contemporary  Drama.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
A  survey-workshop  of  Continental,  British,  and  American  drama  from  Ibsen  to  the  present. 
Prerequisite:  English  10a-10b. 

38.  The  Novel.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
A  study  of  the  development  of  the  novel  in  England  from  Richardson  to  Joyce. 

40.     Eighteenth  Century  Literature.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

A  survey  of  the  principal  English  authors  from  Dryden  to  Blake. 

49.     Seminar  in  English.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  Western  tradition  of  literary  criticism  and  an  application  of  practical  critical 
concepts. 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 

Professor  Piel,  Chairman;  Associate  Professors  Damus,  Titcomb,  and  Troutman;  Assis- 
tant Professors  Cantrell,  Cooper,  and  Jeannet;  Adjunct  Instructors  Hansen  and  Saylor; 
Teaching  Aides  Cavilanez,  Lorenz,  and  Picq 

The  immediate  aim  of  this  department  is  to  assist  the  student  to  acquire  a  working 
knowledge  of  the  language  or  languages  which  he  chooses  to  study. 

The  aim  of  the  courses  in  modern  foreign  languages  is  to  enable  the  student  to  use 
the  foreign  tongue  as  a  means  of  communication:  to  hear,  speak,  and  eventually  to 
read  and  write  the  language.  Through  his  study  of  the  language  and  literature,  the 
student  gains  a  deeper  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  life  and  thought  of  the 
people  of  the  country. 

Laboratory  practice  is  required  of  all  students  in  modern  foreign  languages  except 
those  in  German  11. 

Major:  A  student  may  elect  either  a  major  in  one  language  or  a  departmental  major. 
The  departmental  major  consists  of  at  least  twenty-four  hours  in  one  language  and  at 
least  twelve  hours  in  a  second  language. 

In  French,  German  and  Spanish,  one  advanced  literature  course  is  offered  each 
year,  in  a  regular  rotation  of  courses. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

Students  who  are  majoring  in  a  foreign  language  may  become  candidates  for  depart- 
mental honors  if  they  have  a  grade  point  average  of  3.0  in  departmental  courses,  and 
if  they  receive  permission  from  the  departmental  staff  and  the  Dean  of  the  College, 
ordinarily  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  their  junior  year. 

Honors  work  will  involve  the  selection  of  a  topic  for  investigation  under  the  guid- 
ance of  the  departmental  adviser,  independent  reading  and  study,  frequent  conferences 
with  the  adviser,  preparation  of  a  paper  on  the  topic  to  be  submitted  by  April  1  of 
the  senior  year,  satisfactory  defense  of  the  paper  before  a  committee  composed  of 
the  departmental  staff,  the  Dean  of  the  College,  and  any  other  faculty  members  who 
may  be  invited  to  participate,  and  finally,  an  oral  examination  in  the  major  language. 
If  these  requirements  are  satisfied,  the  student  will  be  graduated  with  Honors  in  his 
major  language. 

FRENCH 

Major:  Twenty-four  hours  above  the  elementary  level. 


78 


1.     Elementary  French.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  French;  audio-active  technique. 

10.    Intermediate  French.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  continuation  of  French  1  with  further  practice  in  conversation,  dictation,  and  in  reading 
and  writing.  Attention  is  given  to  the  cultural  and  historical  background  of  the  literature  that 
is  read. 

Prerequisite:  French  1  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  French. 

*15.     Introduction  to  French  Literature. 

A  general  language  review  with  intensive  practice  in  the  four  basic  language  skills  through 
a  study  of  selected  literary  works  in  their  cultural  and  historic  contexts. 

Prerequisite:  Four  years  of  secondary  school  language  or  three  years  for  specially  qualified 
students. 

20.    French  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth  Centuries.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  survey  of  the  literary  history  of  the  Renaissance  and  of  the  Classic  periods  in  France. 

30.    French  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Centuries.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  study  of  the  outstanding  works  of  the  Age  of  Enlightenment  and  of  the  Romantic, 
Realist,  and  Naturalist  Schools  of  French  literature. 

40.    French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  study  of  modern  French  literature  with  extensive  reading  of  the  works  of  the  outstanding 
authors. 

45.    Seminar.  1-3  hours  credit  per  semester. 

This  seminar  is  designed  to  supplement  and  integrate  the  student's  knowledge,  to  stimulate 
individual  study  and  research,  and  to  prepare  him  for  future  work  in  his  field.  The  course 
content  varies  according  to  the  needs  of  the  group  involved.  For  those  students  who  are 
planning  to  teach,  the  seminar  will  provide  instruction  in  teaching  methods. 

GERMAN 

Major:  Twenty-four  hours  above  the  elementary  level. 

I.  Elementary  German.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  German;  audio-active  technique. 

10.    Intermediate  German.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  continuation  of  German  1  with  practice  in  conversation,  dictation,  reading  and  writing. 
Emphasis  is  given  to  the  cultural  and  historical  background  of  the  literature  that  is  read. 

Prerequisite:  German  1  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  German. 

II.  Scientific  German.  3:3:0  per  semester. 
Practice  in  reading  scientific  and  technical  German  with  emphasis  on  vocabulary  and  the 

special  difficulties  inherent  in  this  type  of  writing.  General  readings  followed  by  readings  in 
the  student's  major  field. 

*15.     Introduction  to  German  Literature. 

A  general  language  review  with  intensive  practice  in  the  four  basic  language  skills  through 
a  study  of  selected  literary  works  in  their  cultural  and  historic  contexts. 

Prerequisite:  Four  years  of  secondary  school  language  or  three  years  for  specially  qualified 
students. 


*  Note:  Successful  completion  of  the  first  semester  will  satisfy  the  language  requirement 
for  graduation  and  successful  completion  of  the  second  semester  will  provide  three  credits 
toward  distribution  requirements  in  humanities. 

79 


22.    The  Classical  Period.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Background  of  the  Classical  Period;  detailed  study  of  the  period;  readings  from  the  works 
of  Lessing,  Goethe  and  Schiller. 

32.    German  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Romanticism;  Realism. 

42.    German  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  study  of  contemporary  German  literature  with  extensive  reading  of  the  works  of  the 
outstanding  authors. 

45.    Seminar.  1-3  credits  per  semester. 

This  seminar  is  designed  to  supplement  and  integrate  the  student's  knowledge,  to  stimulate 
individual  study  and  research,  and  to  prepare  him  for  future  work  in  his  field.  The  course  con- 
tent varies  according  to  the  needs  of  the  group  involved.  For  those  students  who  are  planning 
to  teach,  the  seminar  will  provide  instruction  in  teaching  methods. 

CREEK 

1.    Elementary  Greek.  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 

An  intensive  course  in  the  basic  elements  of  ancient  Greek.  A  study  of  forms  and  syntax, 
with  easy  prose  composition. 

10a-10b.     Intermediate  Greek.  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

First  semester:  readings  from  the  New  Testament  Gospels. 

Second  semester:  readings  from  Xenophon's  Anabasis.  A  review  of  grammar  throughout 
the  year. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  1. 

20.  Readings  from  the  Book  of  Acts.  3:3:0.   First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
Prerequisite:  Greek  10a — 10b. 

21.  Readings  in  Hellenistic  Greek.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
Selections  from  the  Septuagint,  the  Greek  church  fathers. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  10a — 10b. 

30.  Readings  from  the  Epistles  of  Paul.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
Prerequisite:  Greek  10a — 10b. 

31.  Readings  from  the  Greek  Philosophers.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
Prerequisite:  Greek  10a — 10b. 

RUSSIAN 

1.    Elementary  Russian.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

An  elementary  course  with  oral-aural  approach. 

10.    Intermediate  Russian.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

An  intermediate  course  in  Russian  with  continued  conversational  practice;  reading  and 
writing. 

Prerequisite:  Russian  1  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  Russian. 

SPANISH 

Major:  Twenty-four  hours  above  the  elementary  level. 

1.    Elementary  Spanish.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  Spanish;  audio-active  technique. 

80 


10.    Intermediate  Spanish.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  continuation  of  Spanish  1  with  further  practice  in  conversation,  dictation,  and  in  reading 
and  writing.  Attention  is  given  to  Spanish  literature  in  its  cultural  and  historical  context. 

Prerequisite:  Spanish  1  or  two  years  of  secondary  school  Spanish. 
*15.     Introduction  to  Spanish  Literature.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  general  language  review  with  intensive  practice  in  the  four  basic  language  skills  through 
a  study  of  selected  literary  works  in  their  cultural  and  historic  contexts. 

Prerequisite:  Four  years  of  secondary  school  language  or  three  years  for  specially  qualified 
students. 
22.    Spanish  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth  Centuries.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Reading  of  outstanding  authors  of  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries,  with  emphasis 
upon  Cervantes,  Lope  de  Vega,  and  Calderon.  Composition  and  conversation. 
32.    Spanish  Literature  from  the  Eighteenth  to  the  Twentieth  Centuries.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Extensive  reading,  composition  and  conversation. 
42.    A  Survey  of  Spanish  and  Latin  American  Literature.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

First  semester:  a  survey  of  Spanish  literature  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present.  Intensive 
reading,  composition,  and  conversation. 

Second  semester:  a  survey  of  Latin  American  literature  from  the  sixteenth  century  to  the 
present.  Intensive  reading,  composition,  and  conversation. 
45.    Seminar.  1-3  hours  credits  per  semester. 

This  seminar  is  designed  to  supplement  and  integrate  the  student's  knowledge,  to  stimulate 
individual  study  and  research,  and  to  prepare  him  for  future  work  in  his  field.  The  course 
content  varies  according  to  the  needs  of  the  group  involved.  For  those  students  who  are 
planning  to  teach,  the  seminar  will  provide  instruction  in  teaching  methods. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Mr.  Kerr 

10a— 10b.     World  Geography  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  basic  course  in  geography  to  develop  a  knowledge  and  an  appreciation  of  the  worldwide 
physical  factors  in  man's  environment  and  of  his  adjustment  to  them.  The  course  includes  a 
study  of  the  motions  of  the  earth,  land  forms,  bodies  of  water,  soil,  climate,  vegetation,  with 
special  emphasis  on  man's  political,  economic,  and  social  responses  to  them.  Knowledge  of 
the  location  of  both  the  physical  and  cultural  aspects  of  man's  habitat  is  related  to  contempo- 
rary events. 

GEOLOGY 

20a-20b.    Structural  and  Historical  Geology.  2:2:0  per  semester.  (Not  offered  1971-1972.) 

The  first  semester,  structural  geology,  acquaints  the  student  with  the  forces  and  dynamic 

agencies  by  which  the  earth  has  been  formed  and  has  evolved  into  its  present  condition. 

The  second  semester,  historical  geology,  deals  with  the  probable  location  of  land  and  sea 

areas  of  each  of  the  various  geologic  periods,  and  the  development  of  the  plants  and  animals 

which  lived  during  periods  as  identified  by  their  fossil  remains. 

GERMAN 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  79. 

GREEK 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  80. 

*  Note:  Successful  completion  of  the  first  semester  will  satisfy  the  language  requirement  for 
graduation  and  successful  completion  of  the  second  semester  will  provide  three  credits  toward 
distribution  requirements  in  humanities. 


81 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Assistant  Professor  McHenry,  Chairman;  Assistant  Professor  Petrofes;  Instructors 
Gaeckler,  Carman,  and  Rogerson 

The  aims  of  this  department  are  (1)  to  encourage  attitudes  and  habits  of  good  total 
health;  (2)  to  develop  the  student's  physical  capacities;  (3)  to  provide  activities  which 
will  enrich  his  leisure  throughout  life. 

In  addition  to  the  family  physician's  report,  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  all 
entering  students  also  undergo  a  thorough  visual  examination. 

Students  are  required  to  wear  the  regulation  gymnasium  outfit,  which  may  be 
purchased  at  the  college  bookstore. 

Physical  Education  (Men)  (Women)  0:2:0  per  semester. 

(Men)  The  physical  education  activities  include:  physical  fitness,  touch  football,  basketball, 
Softball,  volleyball,  archery,  badminton,  golf,  handball,  squash,  wrestling,  tennis,  speedball, 
swimming,  soccer,  lacrosse,  paddle  ball,  gymnastics,  circuit  training,  weight  training,  and  care 
and  prevention  of  injuries. 

(Women)  The  physical  education  activities  include:  soccer,  Softball,  swimming,  golf,  archery, 
volleyball,  badminton,  table  tennis,  tennis,  gymnastics,  calisthenics,  field  hockey,  squash, 
basketball,  and  modern  dance. 

Corrective  and  Adaptive  Physical  Education  (Men)(Women)  0:2:0  per  semester. 

Special  activities,  as  prescribed  by  a  physician,  for  students  with  physical  handicaps  or  de- 
ficiencies. 

Not  open  to  students  qualified  for  Physical  Education. 


82 


HISTORY  AND  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Professor  Ceffen,  Chairman;  Associate  Professor  Fehr;  Assistant  Professor  Joyce;  In- 
structor Kilgore 

The  aim  in  the  teaching  of  history  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  human  behavior 
in  the  dimension  of  past  time,  in  the  belief  that  by  thus  extending  the  range  of  his 
knowledge  he  may  also  enlarge  the  scope  of.  his  sympathies  and  become  more  richly 
human. 

I  The  aim  in  the  teaching  of  political  science  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with   the 

many-sided  aspects  of  government,  in  the  belief  that  by  thus  enlarging  the  extent  of  his 
knowledge  he  may  expand  the  scope  of  his  understanding  and  adopt  a  critical  and 
objective  attitude  toward  the  problems  of  modern  society. 

The  department  also  prepares  students  for  graduate  and  law  schools  and  for  careers 
in  teaching,  government,  and  business. 

HISTORY 

Major:  History  10a-10b,  13,  43;  two  courses  from  among  History  11,  12,  21,  22,  31, 
32;  History  24a  and  40a-40b  or  History  24b  and  30a-30b;  one  course  from  among 
History  41,  46,  47,  48.  History  30a-30b  and  40a-40b  may  be  taken  in  place  of  the 
combinations  of  these  courses  with  History  24. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

Students  majoring  in  history  may  participate  in  the  Independent  Study  program 
when  they  fulfill  the  following  requirements:  (1)  demonstrate  in  their  academic  work 
the  caliber  of  scholarship  required  to  undertake  an  extensive  research  project;  (2) 
achieve  a  3.3  grade  point  average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade  point 
average  in  all  college  courses;  and  (3)  apply  for  and  receive  permission  for  such 
participation  from  the  departmental  staff  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  no  later  than 
the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

During  his  participation  in  the  program,  the  student  must  (1)  submit  to  the  depart- 
mental chairman  periodic  progress  reports;  (2)  show  progress  at  a  rate  and  at  a  level 
indicating  that  he  will  complete  the  program  on  time  and  at  the  desired  level  of 
achievement;  and  (3)  maintain  a  3.3  grade  point  average  in  departmental  courses  and 
a  2.5  grade  point  average  in  all  college  courses. 

83 


The  participant  must  (1)  obtain  departmental  approval  of  a  research  topic;  (2) 
prepare  an  essay  on  the  subject  selected  for  research  under  the  guidance  of  a 
member  of  the  departmental  staff;  (3)  complete  the  writing  of  the  essay  by  April  1 
of  the  senior  year;  (4)  defend  the  essay  in  a  manner  to  be  determined  by  the  depart- 
mental staff  and  the  Dean  of  the  College;  (5)  pursue  a  program  of  independent  read- 
ing approved  by  the  departmental  staff;  (6)  demonstrate,  by  means  of  a  written  and/or 
oral  examination,  knowledge  and  understanding  of  the  material  studied  in  the  inde- 
pendent reading  program;  and  (7)  present  to  the  departmental  chairman  an  assess- 
ment of  his  experience  in  the  program.  Upon  fulfilling  these  requirements,  the  student 
will  be  recommended  by  the  departmental  staff  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  for 
graduation  with  departmental  honors. 

10a-10b.     History  of  Western  Civilization.  3:3:0  per  semester 

The  first  semester  covers  the  development  of  Western  European  culture  in  all  of  its  aspects 
from  its  Near  East  origins  to  about  1715.  The  second  semester  covers  its  evolution  during  the 
eighteenth,  nineteenth,  twentieth  centuries. 

11.  Greek  and  Roman  History.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
An  examination  of  the  origins,  structure,  and  values  of  Greek  and  Roman  societies  from 

about  1200  B.C.  to  about  500  A.D.  The  Mediterranean  nature  of  these  cultures  and  the  his- 
torians' treatment  of  them  are  emphasized. 
Prerequisite:  History  10a. 

12.  The  Middle  Ages.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
A  study  of  the  emergence  of  a  European  society  from  500  to  1300.  Emphasis  is  on  the 

social  and  intellectual  aspects  of  medieval  life,  and  the  historiographical  record  is  analyzed. 
Prerequisite:  History  10a. 

13.  Introduction  to  Historiography.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
Theory  and  practice  in  the  writing  of  history.  The  work  of  selected  historians  is  studied 

and  each  student  conducts  and  reports  upon  his  own  research.  Training  is  given  in  research 
methods  and  in  the  preparation  of  research  reports. 

21.  The  Renaissance  and  Reformation:  1300  to  1600.     3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  study  of  the  beginnings   of  the   modern   era,   paying   particular  attention   to  the   inter- 
relationships between  its  political,  social,  economic,  and  intellectual  aspects. 

Prerequisite:  Hrstory  10a. 

22.  The  Old  Regime:  17th  and  18th  Centuries.        3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
An  investigation  of  the  impact  of  modern  science  and  thought  upon  the  development  of 

Western  European  culture.  Particular  attention  is  paid  to  the  nature  of  European  society  before 
the  era  of  revolutions. 

Prerequisite:  History  10b. 

24a-24b.     Survey  of  United  States  History.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

The  first  semester  covers  the  development  of  the  United  States  to  1865,  the  second 
semester  from  1865  to  the  present.  Special  emphasis  throughout  the  course  is  placed  upon 
historiographical  philosophy  and  method. 

30a-30b.    American  Colonial  and  National  History  to  1865. 

3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
The  first  semester  deals  with  American   history  from   its  European  origins   to  1800,  the 
second   semester  from    1800   to   1865.    Historiographical    issues,    methods,   and    problems   are 
stressed. 

84 


31.  The  Era  of  Revolutions:  1789  to  1870.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
A  study  of  the  political  and  economic  changes  in  Europe  from  1789  to  1870  and  the  total 

cultural  impact  of  these  changes. 
Prerequisite:  History  10b. 

32.  Contemporary  Europe:  1870  to  the  Present.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
An  analysis  of  the  nineteenth  century  state  system,  its  economic  and  social  bases,  its  ideol- 
ogy, and  its  evolution  through  world  wars  and  technological  revolutions. 

Prerequisite:  History  10b. 

40a-40b.     The  United  States,  1865  to  the  Present.  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 

The  first  semester  deals  with  the  post-Civil  War  developments  of  American  history  from 
1865  to  1900,  the  second  semester  from  1900  to  the  present.  Historiography  is  emphasized. 

41.     Introduction  to  the  History  of  African  Culture.        3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  survey  of  African  culture  from  the  tenth-century  Sudanic  origins  to  the  present  day. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 

43.     Senior  Seminar  in  History.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  review  of  the  student's  college  program  in  history,  with  reading,  discussion,  and  writing 
to  serve  the  following  purposes:  (1)  synthesis  of  previous  course  work  in  history;  (2)  relation 
of  the  academic  discipline  of  history  to  other  fields  of  knowledge;  and  (3)  formulation  and 
expression  of  a  personal  philosophy  of  history  by  each  student. 

Open  only  to  senior  departmental  majors. 

46.  History  of  Russia.  3:3:0.  First  Semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
A  survey  of  Russian  history  from  ancient  times  to  the  present,  with  special  attention  to 

developments  since  the  seventeenth  century. 
Prerequsite:  History  10b. 

47.  History  of  the  Far  East.  3 :3 :0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
A  survey  of  the  development  of  the  cultural   institutions  of  the  Far  East,  with  emphasis 

upon  the  trends  since  1500. 

48.  History  of  Latin  America.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  survey  of  the  Latin  American  republics  from  their  colonial  beginnings  to  the  present 

time. 

49.  Select  Problems  in  History.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
A  course  to  provide  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  explore  in  depth  a  topic  of  special 

interest. 

Open  to  junior  and  senior  history  majors  and  to  other  students  by  permission  of  the 
instructor. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Major:  Political  Science  10a-10b,  20,  21,  30,  31,  40,  41,  43,  and  three  additional 
hours  in  Political  Science  as  approved  by  the  departmental  chairman.  Majors  are  also 
required  to  take  History  24a  and  40a-40b  or  History  24b  and  30a-30b.  History  30a-30b 
and  40a-40b  may  be  taken  in  place  of  the  combinations  of  these  courses  with  History 
24. 

85 


INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

Students  majoring  in  political  science  may  participate  in  the  Independent  Study 
program  when  they  fulfill  the  following  requirements:  (1)  demonstrate  in  their  academic 
work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  required  to  undertake  an  extensive  research  project; 
(2)  achieve  a  3.0  grade  point  average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade  point 
average  in  all  college  courses;  and  (3)  apply  for  and  receive  permission  for  such 
participation  from  the  departmental  staff  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  no  later  than 
the  end  of  the  sophomore  year. 

During  his  participation  in  the  program,  the  student  must  (1)  submit  to  the  depart- 
mental chairman  periodic  progress  reports;  (2)  show  progress  at  a  rate  and  at  a  level 
indicating  that  he  will  complete  the  program  on  time  and  at  the  desired  level  of 
achievement,  and  (3)  maintain  a  3.0  grade  point  average  in  departmental  courses  and 
a  2.5  grade  point  average  in  all  college  courses. 

The  participant  must  (1)  use  the  junior  year  for  preliminary  work  involving  selected 
readings  and  gathering  of  source  material  for  a  research  topic;  (2)  obtain  departmental 
approval  of  a  research  topic;  (3)  prepare  an  essay  on  the  subject  selected  for  research 
under  the  guidance  of  a  member  of  the  departmental  staff;  (4)  complete  the  writing 
of  the  essay  by  April  1  of  the  senior  year;  (5)  defend  the  essay  in  a  manner  to  be 
determined  by  the  departmental  staff  and  the  Dean  of  the  College;  (6)  pursue  a 
program  of  independent  reading  approved  by  the  departmental  staff;  (7)  demonstrate, 
by  means  of  a  written  and/or  oral  examination,  knowledge  and  understanding  of  the 
material  studied  in  the  independent  reading  program;  and  (8)  present  to  the  depart- 
mental chairman  an  assessment  of  his  experience  in  the  program.  Upon  fulfilling  these 
requirements,  the  student  will  be  recommended  by  the  departmental  staff  to  the 
Dean  of  the  College  for  graduation  with  departmental  honors. 

10a-10b.     American  National  Government.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

The  first  semester  concentrates  on  backgrounds,  theories,  principles,  processes,  and  prac- 
tices of  American  national  government.  Subject  areas  include:  the  nature  of  democracy,  con- 
stitutional backgrounds,  federalism  and  its  problems,  civil  rights,  public  opinion  formation, 
voting  behavior,  political  parties,  campaigns  and  elections.  Special  attention  is  given  to  con- 
temporary racial  and  student  unrest  in  the  United  States. 

The  second  semester  stresses  institutional  surveys  and  the  actual  work  of  government.  The 
structure,  functions,  and  processes  of  the  main  organs  of  national  government  —  the  presidency, 
the  Congress,  the  judiciary,  and  the  bureaueracy  —  are  examined.  Subject  areas  covered  include: 
the  role  of  government  as  regulator,  promoter,  and  manager;  national  defense;  foreign 
policies;  and  internal  development. 

20.  Comparative  Government.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
A  comparative  study  of  important  governmental  systems  of  the  world,  both  democratic 

and  authoritarian.  Comparison  and  contrasts  are  made   between    unitary  and   federal   forms. 
Special  study  is.  made  of  the  governmental  system  in  force  in  the  Soviet  Union. 
Political  Science  10a — 10b  is  a  prerequisite,  or  a  corequisite. 

21.  Foreign  Relations.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
A  survey  of  the  external  relations  of  American  government,  with  emphasis  on  twentieth 

century  developments.  Subject  areas  include  diplomacy,  military  affairs,  geographic  and 
regional  problems,  trade  and  aid,  technology  and  underdevelopment,  alliances,  nuclear  prob- 
lems, and  opposing  ideologies.  Consideration  is  given  to  recruitment,  training,  and  problems 
of  the  United  States  foreign  service  and  to  the  multiple  influences  shaping  American  foreign 
policies. 

Political  Science  10a — 10b  is  a  prerequisite,  or  a  corequisite. 

86 


22.  State  and  County  Government.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
This  course  deals  with  the  structure  and  functions  of  state  and  county  government.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  federal-state-local  relationships,  on  administrative  organization  and  services, 
on  the  courts,  and  on  legislative  representation. 

Political  Science  10a — 10b  is  a  prerequisite,  or  a  corequisite. 

23.  Metropolitan  Government.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
This  course  deals  with  the  rise  of  urbanization  and  the  accompanying  growth  of  municipal 

functions.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  legal  process  and  status  of  cities,  to  municipal  relations  with 
state  and  national  government,  to  urban  politics,  and  to  the  various  forms  of  city  government. 
Political  Science  10a — 10b  is  a  prerequisite,  or  a  corequisite. 

30.  Political  Parties  in  the  United  States.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  study  of  the  origins  and  history  of  American  political  parties,  their  development,  organi- 
zation, leaders,  conventions,  platforms,  and  campaigns.  Emphasis  is  given  to  recent  changes 
in  American  political  patterns. 

Political  Science  10a— 10b  is  a  prerequisite,  or  corequisite. 

31.  American  Constitutional  Government.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  study  of  the  growth  and  development  of  the  Constitution  through  the  medium  of  judicial 

construction.  Recent  decisions  illustrating  its  application  to  new  conditions  of  the  present  age, 
and  proposals  for  court  modification  are  given  particular  attention. 
Political  Science  10a — 10b  is  a  prerequisite,  or  a  corequisite. 

33.     Public  Opinion.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

An  analysis  of  the  nature  and  sources  of  contemporary  public  opinion,  with  special  atten- 
tion to  types  of  censorship  and  to  modern  propaganda  devices. 

40.  Political  Theory.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
A  survey  of  the  different  philosophies  and  theories  of  government,  ancient  and  modern, 

with  special  reference  to  political  philosophy  since  the  sixteenth  century. 

Prerequisite:  A  major  in  political  science,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

41.  International  Politics.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
A  course  in  the  origin,  forms,  dynamics  and  prospects  of  the  international  political  pattern, 

with  emphasis  on  current  developments  and  changing  concepts  in  world  politics. 
Political  Science  10a — 10b  is  a  prerequisite,  or  a  corequisite. 

43.    Senior  Seminar  in  Political  Science.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

An  intensive  review  of  the  student's  college  program  in  political  science,  with  reading, 
discussion,  and  written  assignments  to  accomplish  the  following  purposes:  (1)  integration  of 
earlier  course  work  in  political  science;  (2)  relation  of  the  discipline  to  other  fields  of  knowl- 
edge; and  (3)  development  and  expression  of  an  individual  political  philosophy  by  the  student 
Prerequisites:  A  major  in  political  science  and  senior  standing;  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

49.     Select  Problems  in  Political  Science.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  course  to  provide  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  explore  in  depth  a  topic  of  special 
interest. 

Open  to  junior  and  senior  students  majoring  in  political  science  and  to  other  students  by 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

INTERDISCIPLINARY  COURSE 

32.  Seminar  in  Psychology  and  Literature.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 
A  consideration  of  major  psychological  theories  for  use  in  literary  interpretation. 
Prerequisites:  A  major  in  psychology  or  English,  junior  or  senior  standing  and/or  permission 

of  the  staff. 

LANGUAGES 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  78. 

87 


MATHEMATICS 


Professor  Mayer,  Chairman;  Assistant  Professors  Surras,  Lewin,  and  Stare 

The  aims  of  the  Department  of  Mathematics  are:  (1)  to  make  available  mathematical 
theory  and  technique  needed  by  students  in  applied  sciences  and  industry;  (2)  to 
prepare  students  interested  in  mathematics  for  graduate  schools  as  well  as  for  sec- 
ondary school  teaching;  (3)  to  provide  the  cultural  advantages  of  a  knowledge  of 
mathematics. 

Major:  Math  11,  21,  24,  25,  31  plus  at  least  three  semester  hours  from  each  of  the 
following  divisions: 

I     Analysis-Math  40;  Math  46. 
II     Algebra  and  Topology— Math  48;  Math  49. 
Ill     Statistics-Math  12*;  Math  37;  Math  41. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

Students  may  participate  in  the  departmental  Independent  Study  program  if  they 
have  demonstrated  high  scholastic  ability  and  have  received  permission  for  such  par- 
ticipation from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  no  later  than 
the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

A  student  may  receive  upon  graduation  departmental  honors  if  he  has  maintained 
a  3.0  grade  point  average  in  mathematics  and  has  satisfactorily  completed  the  Inde- 
pendent Study  program. 

PLAN  OF  STUDY  IN  STATISTICS 

Mathematics  37  and  41  form  the  basis  for  a  concentration  in  statistics.  A  statistical 
and  computing  laboratory  equipped  with  Brunsviga  desk  calculating  machines  is  avail- 
able to  students  doing  computational  work  in  connection  with  this  program  of  study. 
Through  membership  of  the  College  in  the  Middle  Atlantic  Educational  and  Research 
Center  (MERC)  students  have  available,  through  terminals  on  campus,  an  RCA  Spectra 
70/46  Computer  located  in  Lancaster. 


*  The  requirement  in  Statistics  can   be  satisfied  with  Math  12  only   if  three  semester  additional 
hours  are  taken  from  one  of  the  other  two  divisions. 


88 


PLAN  OF  STUDY  IN  MATHEMATICAL  PHYSICS 

Students  interested  in  mathematical  physics  may  elect  to  major  in  either  the  Depart- 
ment of  Physics  or  the  Department  of  Mathematics  and  follow  a  plan  of  study  in 
mathematical  physics  worked  out  by  a  suitable  adviser  to  whom  they  will  be  referred. 
Ordinarily  the  program  will  include  Mathematics  31,  37,  40,  and  46. 

PLAN  OF  STUDY  IN  ACTUARIAL  SCIENCE 

The  program  as  outlined  on  pages  30-31  is  endorsed  by  the  Philadelphia  Section  of 
the  Society  of  Actuaries  who  sponsor  it  on  this  campus.  The  actuarial  examinations, 
parts  1,  2  and  3,  are  also  given  on  this  campus  which  is  a  testing  center.  Interested 
students  should  consult  with  the  departmental  chairman. 

PLAN  OF  STUDY  IN  ENGINEERING 

The  cooperative  engineering  program  is  described  on  page  38.  Ordinarily  the 
program  will  include  Mathematics  11, 12,  21,  40,  and  46. 


COURSES 

I.  Introductory  Analysis.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

This  is  a  pre-calculus  course  which  includes  topics  from  college  algebra  and  analytical 
-trigonometry.  This  course  is  recommended  for  students  who  lack  the  necessary  background 
for  calculus. 

10.    Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

The  foundational  aspects  of  mathematics  at  work  in   the  world   today  are  stressed   for 

cultural  as  well  as  some  technical  competence.  This  course  is  addressed  to  the  non-science 

student  and  presents  the  scientific  and  humanistic  importance  of  the  subject  in  an  historical 

approach. 

II.  Elementary  Analysis  I  &  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 
The  fundamental  ideas  of  analytic  geometry  and  calculus  are  introduced  with  applications. 

A  thorough  background  in  trigonometry  and  algebra  is  necessary. 

12.    Elementary  Statistics.  3:2:2.  Either  semester. 

Included  in  this  course  are  descriptive  statistics,  an  introduction  to  probability  concepts, 
simple  problems  of  statistical  inference,  and  elementary  treatment  of  analysis  of  pairs  of  meas- 
urements. 

21.    Intermediate  Analysis  I  &  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

This  is  a  continuation  of  Mathematics  11  with  an  introduction  to  partial  differentiation, 

multiple  integration,  infinite  series,  differential  equations,  and  linear  algebra. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  11. 

24.  Linear  Algebra.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
Study  is  made  of  linear  equations,  linear  dependence,  vector  spaces,  operators,  transforma- 
tions and  matrics. 

25.  Development  of  the  Real  Number  System.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
An  introduction  to  logic,  set  theory,  and  a  rigorous  development  of  the  number  system. 

89 


31.    Advanced  Analysis  I  &  II.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Rigorous  existence  proofs  of  functional  concepts  of  continuity,  differentiation,  integration, 
and  series  are  given.  Use  is  made  of  transformation  theory  by  Jacobians. 
Prerequisites:  Mathematics  21  and  25. 

33.     Geometry.  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 

Foundations  of  geometry,  historical  background,  and  an  introduction  to  non-Euclidean 
geometry.  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for  teachers. 

37.    Mathematical  Statistics.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

Calculus  is  used  to  develop  basic  statistical  tools  and  notions.  Generating  functions,  fre- 
quency distributions  of  one,  two,  or  more  variables,  and  various  tests  are  considered. 

40.  Methods  of  Applied  Mathematics.  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
Use  is  made  of  matrices  and  determinants,  the  concept  of  linear  vector  spaces  and  char- 
acteristic values.  Formulation  and  solution  of  certain  partial  differential  equations  are  accom- 
panied by  a  treatment  of  integral  equations,  difference  equations,  and  Green's  function. 

40.1.     Mathematics  Seminar.  1 :1 :0.  Either  semester. 

Logic,  computer  language,  finite  differences  are  among  those  topics  which  could  be 
selected  as  a  basis  for  a  one-semester  seminar.  Special  problems  given  on  a  recent  competitive 
examination  are  presented  and  discussed  in  a  seminar  for  upperclassmen. 

40.1  (T).    Mathematics  Seminar.  1 :1 :0.  Second  semester. 

A  senior  seminar  designed  for  mathematics  teachers  is  required  of  those  students  who 
wish  to  become  certified  to  teach  mathematics. 

41.  Probability.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
This  course  constitutes  a  rigorous  examination  of  the  notions  of  sample  space,  random 

variables,  distributions  in  time  and  space,  and  certain  unifying  limit  theorems.  Time  permitting, 
it  may  include  Markoff  chain  theory  and  related  topics. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  37. 

46.     Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

An  introductory  course  that  includes  analytic  functions,  Cauchy's  integral  theorem,  residue 
theory,  contour  integrals,  and   conformal   mapping. 

Prerequisite:  Mathematics  21. 

48.  Algebra.  3:3:0  per  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
Topics  such  as  group  theory,  rings,  ideals,  field  extensions,  and   Galois  theory  will    be 

studied. 

Prerequisite:  Mathematics  25. 

49.  Topology.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
Continuous,  compact,  connected,  metric,  and  product  spaces  are  studied. 
Prerequisites:  Mathematics  25  and  31. 

Independent  Study  in  Mathematics.  3:3:0  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  3  semesters.) 

After  receiving  permission  for  participation,  the  student  will  prepare  a  paper  on  a  selected 
subject  for  research  which  is  approved  by  the  department.  This  paper  should  be  completed  by 
the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year,  and  must  be  defended  in  a  manner  determined 
by  the  departmental  staff. 

90 


I 


MUSIC 


Associate  Professor  Smith,  Chairman;  Professor  Emeritus  Bender;  Associate  Professors 
Curfman,  Fairlamb,  Cetz,  Lanese,  Stachow,  and  Thurmond;  Assistant  Professors  Bel- 
lardo  and  jamanis;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  Knisley;  Instructors  Burrichter,  Lau, 
Morgan,  and  Veri;  Adjunct  Instructors  Aulenbach,  Campbell,  Kucirko,  and  Stambach 

The  aims  of  the  Department  of  Music  are  to  train  artists  and  teachers;  to  teach 
music  historically  and   aesthetically  as  an   element  of   liberal   culture;   and   to   offer 
courses  that  give  a  thorough  and  practical  understanding  of  theoretical  subjects. 
.Attendance  at  all  faculty  recitals  and  a  portion  of  student  recitals  is  compulsory. 

All  majors  in  music  or  music  education  are  required  to  take  private  instruction  on 
the  campus  if  the  department  offers  instruction  in  the  individual's  principal  perform- 
ance medium. 

Participation  in  music  organizations  may  be  required  of  all  majors. 

For  cost  of  private  lessons  see  page  23. 

MUSIC 

(B.A.  with  a  major  in  Music) 

This  program  is  designed  for  those  students  desiring  a  liberal  arts  context  in  their 
preparation  for  a  career  in  applied  music. 

SPECIAL  REQUIREMENTS 

All  majors  are  required  to  take  an  hour  lesson  per  week  in  the  major  performance 
area  and  are  expected  to  perform  a  half  or  full  recital  in  the  junior  year  and  a  full 
recital  in  the  senior  year. 

All  majors  outside  of  the  keyboard  area  are  required  to  take  a  V2  hour  lesson  per 
week  in  piano  until  the  minimum  requirements  have  been  met. 

For  the  recommended  plan  of  study  in  this  program  see  pages  40-41. 

MUSIC  EDUCATION 

(B.S.  with  a  major  in  Music  Education) 

This  program  has  been  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education 
and  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music  for  the  preparation  of  teachers  of 
public  school  music. 


91 


The  Music  Education  curriculum  requires  two  private  one-half  hour  lessons  per  week 
(one  each  in  the  major  and  a  minor  performance  area),  one  of  which  is  included  in 
the  tuition  charge.  A  charge  is  made  for  the  second  private  lesson. 

For  the  recommended  plan  of  study  in  this  program  see  pages  42-43. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

1.  A  candidate  must  have  achieved  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  3.00  at  the  end 
of  the  sophomore  year,  and  must  maintain  this  minimum  to  remain  eligible  for 
Honors  status. 

2.  The  private  instructor  in  the  candidate's  major  performance  area  must  recommend 
the  student  for  full  recital  privileges  during  the  senior  year,  and  will  serve  as  adviser 
to  the  individual's  Independent  Study  program. 

3.  The  candidate  through  reading  and  research  will  produce  a  thesis  or  an  essay, 
based  on  a  problem  or  subject  of  his  own  choosing  under  the  direct  supervision  of 
his  faculty  adviser.  Creative  work  will  be  encouraged  with  reference  to,  or  emphasis 
upon,  his  principal  performance  medium. 

4.  Honors  recognition  shall  be  dependent  upon  the  quality  of  the  prepared  thesis  or 
essay  and  the  level  of  the  candidate's  recital  performance,  both  to  be  reviewed  by  a 
committee  of  three,  including  the  private  instructor  (adviser),  the  chairman  of  the 
department,  and  a  third  music  faculty  member  to  be  designated  by  the  chairman 
with  the  approval  of  the  adviser. 

5.  In  addition  to  any  established  pattern  of  announcing  honors  candidates  and  recipi- 
ents, the  printed  recital  program  shall  also  indicate  "in  partial  fulfillment  of  require- 
ments for  Honors  in  Music." 

6.  A  maximum  of  8  hours  credit  can  be  earned  in  Independent  Study. 

7.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  above  requirements  at  a  satisfactory  level,  the  student 
will  be  recommended  by  the  reviewing  committee  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  for 
graduation  with  departmental  honors. 

I:  THEORY  OF  MUSIC 

Sight  Singing 

Music  10.    Sight  Singing  I.  1:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  beginning  course  in  music  reading  with  the  use  of  syllables,  incorporating  the  elements 
of  melody  and  rhythm  within  the  beat  and  its  division.  The  following  are  studied:  basic  beat 
patterns,  simple  and  compound  time,  diatonic  intervals,  implied  harmonic  structure  within  the 
melodic  line,  the  C  clefs,  modulation. 

Music  11.    Sight  Singing  II.  1 :2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  continuation  of  music  reading,  employing  more  difficult  melodies  and  rhythms,  the  beat 
and  its  subdivision,  and  additional  interval  problems.  Phrasing  and  the  application  of  dynamics 
are  stressed. 

Music  20.    Sight  Singing  III.  1 :2:0.  First  semester. 

Exercises  in  four  clefs,  employing  vocal  literature  of  increasing  difficulty,  both  tonal  and 
rhythmic.  Modal  melodies,  remote  modulation,  superimposed  background  and  meter,  changing 
and  less  common  time  signatures  are  stressed. 

Dictation  (Ear  Training) 

Music  12.    Ear  Training  I.  1:2:0.  First  semester. 

Includes  the  study  of  the  basics  of  music  notation  essential  for  the  writing  of  melodic  and 

rhythmic  dictation.  Aural  analysis  and  tonal  memory  are  developed.  Essentials  of  tonality  are 

92 


covered,  and  harmonic  dictation  is  begun  in  the  latter  half  of  the  course.  Correlated  with  Sight 
Singing  and  Harmony. 

Music  13.  Ear  Training  II.  1:2:0.  Second  semester. 

Increasing  complexity  and  length  of  melodic  and  rhythmic  dictation  with  emphasis  upon  the 

development  of  harmonic  dictation.  Inversions  of  triads,  seventh  and  ninth  chords  are  included. 

Music  22.  Ear  Training  III.  1 :2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  more  difficult  tonal  problems  including  modulation,  chromaticism,  altered 
chords,  and  modality. 

Harmony 

Music  14.    Harmony  I.  2:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  rudiments  of  music  including  notation,  scales,  intervals,  and  triads;  the 
connection  of  triads  by  harmonizing  melodies  and  basses  with  fundamental  triads;  playing  of 
simple  cadences  at  the  piano;  analysis  of  phrases  and  periods. 

Music  15.    Harmony  II.  2:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  inversions  of  triads,  seventh  and  ninth  chords,  harmonizations  of  melodies  and 
figured  basses;  analysis  and  composition  of  the  smaller  forms;  modulation. 

Music  24.    Harmony  III.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

The  use  of  dominant  and  diminished  sevenths  as  embellishments  of  and  substitutes  for  dia- 
tonic harmony;  harmonization  of  melodies  and  figured  basses;  analysis  of  two  and  three-part 
song  forms;  composition  in  two-part  song  form.  Playing  of  more  advanced  cadences  and  modu- 
lations at  the  piano. 

Music  29.  Harmony  IV  (Elementary  Composition)*  on  special  announcement.     2 :2 :0.  First  semester. 
-     Melody  analysis  and  writing;  four  part  choral  writing;  continuation  of  two  and  three-part 
song-form  analysis  and  composition.  Composition  in  Theme  and  Variations,  Fantasia,  Rondo  and 
Dance  forms.  Study  of  contemporary  harmonic  ideas. 

Music  39.    Keyboard  Harmony.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

Work  at  the  piano  includes  the  harmonization  of  melodies  both  with  four-part  harmony 
and  with  various  accompaniment  forms;  also  transposition,  improvisation,  modulation,  reading 
from  figured  bass.  (Students  are  placed  in  elementary,  intermediate  or  advanced  sections  on 
the  basis  of  keyboard  ability.) 

Additional  Theory  Courses 

Music  21.    Orchestration  and  Scoring  for  the  Band.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

Study  of  instrumentation,  devices,  techniques,  and  mechanics  of  scoring  transcriptions,  ar- 
rangements and  solos  for  orchestra  and  concert  band;  special  work  in  scoring  for  marching 
band.  Laboratory  analysis  and  demonstration  of  various  instrumental  colors  and  combinations. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  creative  scoring. 

Music  31.    Form  and  Analysis  I.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  structure  of  music  including  hymns,  folk  songs,  two,  three  and  five-part  song 
forms,  variations,  contrapuntal  forms,  rondo  and  sonata  forms.  Compositions  in  these  forms  are 
studied  primarily  for  their  structural  content.  Course  includes  extensive  listening. 

Music  36.    Form  and  Analysis  II*  on  special  announcement.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  through  analysis  and  listening  of  fugal  forms,  suite,  overture,  complete  sonata  forms 
(evolution  of  the  symphony),  string  quartet,  the  tone  poem.  Analysis  of  classical  and  contempo- 
rary works  in  these  forms. 


B.A.  Program  in  Music. 

93 


Music  40.1.    Counterpoint.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

Introductory  work  in  strict  counterpoint  through  three  and  four-part  work  in  all  the  species. 

Music  40.2.    Arranging  and  Scoring  for  the  Modern  Orchestra.  2:2:0.  Either  semester. 

Study  of  modern  harmony,  modulation,  style  analysis,  special  instrumental  effects  as  applied 

to  modern  arranging.  Laboratory  analysis  and  demonstration  of  sectional  and  ensemble  voicings. 

Music  40.3.    Composition,  Schillinger  System.  Private  teaching. 

A  scientific  system  of  music  composition  created  by  the  late  Joseph  Schillinger,  teacher  of 
such  accomplished  professionals  as  George  Gershwin,  Ted  Royal  Dewar. 

The  major  aims  of  the  system  are  to:  (1)  generalize  underlying  principles  regarding  the 
behavior  of  tonal  phenomena;  (2)  classify  all  the  available  resources  of  our  tonal  system;  (3) 
teach  a  comprehensive  application  of  scientific  method  to  all  components  of  the  tonal  art,  to 
problems  of  melody,  rhythm,  harmony,  counterpoint,  orchestration  and  to  composition  itself. 

The  system  is  best  studied  in  the  light  of  a  traditional  background  and  admission  to  course 
or  private  instruction  is  by  special  permission  only. 


II.  METHODS  AND  MATERIALS 

Music  Ed.  23.  Methods  and  Materials,  Vocal:  Early  Childhood.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  comprehensive  study  of  music  teaching  at  the  lower  elementary  level,  including  rationale 
for  building  a  music  education  curriculum;  acquaintance  with  appropriate  music  education 
materials;  suggestions  for  presenting  music  with  the  purpose  of  developing  conceptual  under- 
standing of  the  elements  of  music;  use  of  classroom  instruments;  beginnings  of  directed  appre- 
ciation; foundation  studies  for  later  technical  developments. 

Music  Ed.  33A.  Methods  and  Materials,  Vocal:  Later  Childhood.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  child's  singing  voice  in  the  intermediate  grades;  attention  is  given  to  the 
formal  or  technical  work  of  these  grades  with  an  evaluation  of  appropriate  texts  and  recent 
approaches.  Preparation  of  lesson  plans,  and  observation  are  required.  Music  appreciation  is 
continued. 

Music  Ed.  33B.   Methods  and  Materials,  Instrumental:  Fourth,  Fifth  and  Sixth  Grades. 

1 :1 :0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  methods  and  materials  used  in  teaching  band  and  orchestral  instruments  to 

children  in  these  grades,  with  emphasis  on  a  sound  rhythmic  approach.  Both  individual  and 

class  techniques  are  studied.  Musical  rudiments  as  applied  to  instrumental  teaching  are  reviewed. 

Music  Ed.  34A.    Methods  and  Materials,  Vocal:  Junior  and  Senior  High  School. 

2:2:0.  Second  semester. 
A  study  of  adolescent  tendencies  of  high  school  students.  Class  content  of  materials  is 
studied  with  attention  to  the  organization  and  presentation  of  a  varied  program.  Recent  trends 
in  teaching  are  studied. 

Music  Ed.  34B.   Methods  and  Materials,  Instrumental:  Junior  and  Senior  High  School. 

1 :1 :0.  Second  semester. 
A  study  of  intermediate  and  advanced  instrumental  teaching  techniques;  methods  of  or- 
ganizing and  directing  school  orchestras  and  bands;  fundamentals  of  musicianship. 

Music  Ed.  43.    Seminar  in  Advanced  Instrumental  Problems.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  the  general  and  specific  problems  which  confront  the  director  of  school  orches- 
tras, bands,  and  instrumental  classes.  Problems  of  general  interest  include:  organization  and 
management,  stimulating  and  maintaining  interest;  selecting  beginners;  scheduling  rehearsals 
and  class  lessons;  financing  and  purchasing  instruments,  uniforms,  and  other  equipment;  march- 

94 


ing  band  formations  and  drills;  evaluating  music  materials;  organizing  festivals,  contests,  and 
public  performances. 

Music  Ed.  44.    Methods  in  Piano  Pedagogy.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  methods  of  teaching  piano  to  children  and  adults.  The  course  includes  the  song 
approach  method,  presentation  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  rhythm,  sight  reading,  tone 
quality,  form,  technique,  pedaling,  transposition  and  the  harmonization  of  simple  melodies. 
Materials  are  examined  and  discussed. 

III.  STUDENT  TEACHING 

Music  Ed.  40a— 40b.     Student  Teaching.  6  hours  credit  per  semester. 

Student  teaching  in  Music  Education  includes  vocal  and  instrumental  work  from  elemen- 
tary to  senior  high  school. 

Cooperating  schools  include:  Annville-Cleona  Schools,  Derry  Township  Schools,  Milton 
Hershey  School,  Lebanon  School  District,  Cornwall-Lebanon  Schools,  and  Northern  Lebanon 
Schools. 


IV.  INSTRUMENTAL  COURSES 

Class  Instruction  in  Band  and  Orchestral  Instruments. 

Practical  courses  in  which  students,  in  addition  to  being  taught  the  fundamental  principles 
underlying  the  playing  of  all  band  and  orchestral  instruments,  learn  to  play  on  instruments  of 
each  group,  viz.,  string,  woodwind,  brass,  and  percussion.  Problems  of  class  procedure  in  public 
schools  are  discussed;  transposition  of  all  instruments  is  taught.  Ensemble  playing  is  an  integral 
part  of  these  courses. 

Brass  Instruments  (Cornet,  Trumpet,  French  Horn,  Trombone,  Baritone,  Tuba) 


Music  16.    Brass  I. 

A  study  of  any  two  of  the  above  instruments. 

Music  17.    Brass  II. 

A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments. 

Percussion  Instruments  (Snare  Drum,  Tympany,  Bass  Drum,  etc.) 

Music  18.    Percussion  I. 

A  study  of  snare  drum  only. 

Music  48.    Percussion  II. 

A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  listed  instruments. 


1 :2:0.  First  semester. 
1 :2:0.  Second  semester. 

Vi  :1 :0.  Second  setnester. 
Vi  :1 :0.  Second  semester. 


Woodwind  Instruments  (Clarinet,  Flute,  Piccolo,  Oboe,  Saxophone,  Bassoon) 


Music  25.    Woodwind  I. 

A  study  of  the  clarinet. 

Music  26.  Woodwind  II. 

A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  listed  instruments. 

String  Instruments  (Violin,  Viola,  'Cello,  String  Bass) 

Music  37.   String  I. 

A  study  of  all  of  the  above  listed  instruments. 

Music  38.    String  II. 

A  continuation  of  the  study  of  all  of  the  above  listed  instruments. 


1:2:0.  First  semester. 
1 :2:0.  Second  semester. 

1:2:0.  First  semester. 
1:2:0.  Second  semester. 


95 


Instrumental  Seminar.  Vi  :1 :0  or  1 :2:0.  First  or  second  semester. 

Application  of  specific  techniques  to  problems  of  class  instruction. 
Music  41.1 — 41.2.    Brass  Prerequisite:  Music  17. 

Music  41 .3 — 41.4.    Percussion  Prerequisite:  Music  48. 

Music  41.5 — 41.6.    String  Prerequisite:  Music  38. 

Music  41.7 — 41.8.    Woodwind  Prerequisite:  Music  26. 

V.  MUSIC  ORGANIZATIONS 

Opportunities  for  individual  performance  in  a  group  experience  are  provided  by  music 
organizations.  Membership  in  the  organizations  is  open  on  an  audition  basis  to  all  students  of 
the  College. 
Music  101a — 101b.    Symphonic  Band.  0:2:0.  First  semester.  0:3:0.  Second  semester. 

The  Blue  and  White  Marching  Band  of  L.V.C.  is  noted  for  its  half-time  performances  during 
the  football  season.  The  Symphonic  Band  of  ninety  pieces  plays  several  concerts  during  the  year, 
both  on  and  off  campus.  The  finest  original  music  for  band  is  performed,  as  well  as  arrange- 
ments of  the  standard  repertoire.  Membership  in  the  band  is  dependent  upon  the  ability  of 
the  applicant  and  the  instrumentation  of  the  band.  Students  from  all  departments  of  the  College 
are  invited  to  audition. 
Music  102a— 102b.    All-Girl  Band.  0:1:0  per  semester. 

L.V.C.  is  unique  in  having  one  of  the  few  all-girl  bands  in  the  nation.  All  girls  in  the 
College  with  ability  as  instrumentalists  are  welcome  to  audition.  Membership  depends  upon 
proficiency  and  the  needs  of  the  band  regarding  instrumentation. 
Music  103a — 103b.    Symphony  Orchestra.  0:3:0.  First  semester.  0:2:0.  Second  semester. 

The  Symphony  Orchestra  is  an  organization  of  symphonic  proportions  maintaining  a  high 
standard  of  performance.  A  professional  interpretation  of  a  wide  range  of  standard  orchestral 
literature  is  insisted  upon. 

Music  104a — 104b.    Concert  Choir.  0:3:0  per  semester. 

The  Concert  Choir  is  composed  of  approximately  fifty  voices,  selected  by  audition.  All 
phases  of  choral  literature  are  studied  intensively.  In  addition  to  on-campus  programs  and  ap- 
pearances on  radio  and  the  television,  the  Concert  Choir  makes  an  annual  tour. 
Music  105a — 105b.    College  Chorus.  0:1 :0  per  semester. 

The  College  Chorus  provides  an  opportunity  to  study  and  participate  in  the  presentation 
of  choral  literature  of  major  composers  from  all  periods  of  music  history.  It  is  open  to  all  stu- 
dents who  are  interested  in  this  type  of  musical  performance  and  who  have  had  some  ex- 
perience in  singing. 

Music  106a — 106b.    Beginning  Ensemble.  0:1 :0  per  semester. 

A  training  band  and  orchestra  in  which  students  play  secondary  instruments  and  become 
acquainted  with  elementary  band  and  orchestral  literature.  Opportunity  is  given  for  advanced 
conducting  students  to  gain  experience  in  conducting. 

Music  113a — 113b.    Chapel  Choir.  0:1:0  per  semester. 

The  Chapel  Choir  is  composed  of  approximately  forty  voices,  selected  by  audition.  The  main 
function  of  this  choir  is  to  provide  musical  leadership  in  the  weekly  chapel  services.  In  addition, 
seasonal  services  of  choral  music  are  prepared. 

Music  114a— 114b.     Wind  Ensemble.  0:1:0  per  semester. 

The  Wind  Ensemble  provides  an  opportunity  for  advanced  players  of  wind  and  per- 
cussion instruments  to  play  the  growing  repertoire  of  music  being  written  for  this  medium.  In 
addition,  standard  classical  works  for  wind  and/or  percussion  instruments  are  played.  The 
forty-five  members  of  this  organization  are  chosen  by  audition. 

Instrumental  Small  Ensembles.  0:1 :0  per  semester. 

Open  to  the  advanced  player  on  an  audition  basis. 
Music  107a — 107b.    String  Quartet. 
Music  108a— 108b.    String  Trio. 
Music  109a— 109b.    Clarinet  Choir. 
Music  110a — 110b.    Woodwind  Quintet. 

96 


Music  111a — 111b.    Brass  Ensemble. 
Music  112a — 112b.    Percussion  Ensemble. 

VI.  THE  HISTORY  AND  APPRECIATION  OF  MUSIC 

Music  19.    History  and  Appreciation  of  Music.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

A  course  for  the  non-music  major  designed  to  increase  the  individual's  musical  perceptive- 
ness.  Through  selective,  intensive  listening,  the  student  develops  concepts  of  musical  materials 
and  techniques.  The  vocabulary  thus  gained  is  utilized  in  a  survey  of  western  music  from  the 
Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 

Music  30a — 30b.    History  of  Music.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  survey  course  of  the  history  of  western  music.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  various 
stylistic  developments  which  have  occurred  from  one  era  to  another,  on  the  composers  who 
have  been  responsible  for  these  developments,  and  the  music  written  during  these  various  eras 
illustrating  these  stylistic  trends.  For  this  purpose,  extensive  use  of  recordings  is  made  a  part 
of  the  course.  The  first  semester  includes  the  development  of  music  up  to  the  Baroque  era,  the 
second  semester  from  the  Baroque  to  the  present. 

Music  32.    Music  Literature.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  music  literature  for  elementary,  secondary,  and  adult  levels.  Interpretation  of, 
response  to,  and  appreciation  of  music  with  attention  directed  to  musical  elements.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  instrumental  literature. 

Music  41.    Music  Literature  Seminar  (on  special  announcement).  3:3:0. 

A  study  of  music  literature  in  depth,  according  to  styles,  form  and  techniques  of  the 
various  musical  periods.  Designed  especially  for  the  B.A.  candidate  in  Music  with  application 
of  accumulated  knowledge  in  theory,  music  history,  and  musical  form.  Emphasis  is  upon 
orchestral  literature. 

Music  42.     Organ  Seminar.  2:2:0  per  semester. 

A  four  semester  sequence  based  upon  the  investigation  and  study  of  the  following:  (a) 
organ  design  and  registration;  (b)  organ  history  and  literature  (early  times  through  the  mid- 
Baroque  with  emphasis  upon  French  and  German  music);  (c)  an  investigation  of  the  organ 
literature  of  J.  S.  Bach  and  his  contemporaries;  organ  literature  of  the  nineteenth  and  twen- 
tieth centuries;  (d)  church  service  playing. 

Required  for  organ  students  in  the  B.A.  Program  in  Music;  open  to  other  organ  students 
with  the  approval  of  the  instructor. 

VII.  CONDUCTING 

Music  35.    Conducting  I.  2:2:0.  Second  semester. 

Principles  of  conducting  and  the  technique  of  the  baton  are  presented.  Each  student  con- 
ducts vocal  and  instrumental  ensembles  made  up  of  the  class  personnel. 

Music  45.    Conducting  II.  2:2:0.  First  semester. 

A  continuation  of  Conducting  I  with  emphasis  on  practical  work  with  small  vocal  and  instru- 
mental groups.  Rehearsal  techniques  are  discussed  and  applied  through  individual  experience. 

VIII.  INDIVIDUAL  INSTRUCTION 

Music  131-132.    Voice,  Piano,  Organ,  Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments.  1  :Vi  :0  per  semester. 

The  work  in  the  foregoing  fields  is  organized  from  the  standpoint  of  the  development  and 
musicianship  in  the  individual  student.  The  work  continues  through  eight  semesters  and  assures 
a  well-rounded  and  many-sided  acquaintance  with  various  musical  techniques. 

Music  141-142.    Voice,  Piano,  Organ,  Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments.  2 :1 :0  per  semester. 

A  charge  is  made  for  the  second  half-hour  of  instruction. 
(Private  study  in  major  performance;  for  B.A.  Music  majors  only) 

97 


THE  STUDENT  RECITALS 

The  student  recitals  are  of  inestimable  value  to  all  students  in  acquainting  them 
with  a  wide  range  of  the  best  musical  literature,  in  developing  musical  taste  and  dis- 
crimination, in  affording  experience  in  appearing  before  an  audience,  and  in  gaining 
self-reliance  as  well  as  nerve  control  and  stage  demeanor. 

Students  at  all  levels  of  performance  appear  in  these  student  recitals. 

PIPE  ORGANS 

The  Department  of  Music  contains  four  Moller  organs  for  private  instruction  and 
individual  practice:  one  4-manual,  one  3-manual,  two  2-manual  instruments,  and  a 
3-manual  62-rank  Schantz  organ  in  the  College  Chapel,  installed  in  1968. 


PHILOSOPHY 


Assistant  Professor  Thompson,  Chairman;  Adjunct  Professor  Ehrhart 

The  objective  of  the  Department  of  Philosophy  is  to  provide  students  with  an  oppor- 
tunity to  study  the  philosophical  heritage  of  the  Western  World  and  to  become  ac- 
quainted with  the  major  problems  which  leading  philosophers  have  raised  and  at- 
tempted to  resolve. 

Major:  A  total  of  twenty-four  hours  is  required  of  the  philosophy  major.  Besides  the 
courses  listed  below,  Political  Science  40  (Political  Theory)  may  be  taken  to  satisfy  the 
requirements. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

Students  wishing  to  participate  in  the  Independent  Study  program  in  the  department 
may  do  so  by  fulfilling  the  following  requirements:  (1)  achieve  high  academic  stand- 
ing in  departmental  courses;  (2)  submit  a  paper  in  connection  with  a  course  beyond 
the  first  year  courses;  (3)  apply  and  receive  approval  for  participation  in  Independent 
Study  from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  by  the  end  of 
the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year;  (4)  prepare  an  essay  of  10,000  words  or  more 
under  the  direction  of  a  member  of  the  department  to  be  submitted  by  April  1  of  the 
senior  year;  (5)  defend  the  essay  before  a  faculty  committee  selected  by  the  depart- 
mental chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

On  the  basis  of  his  performance  in  the  essay  and  oral  examination,  the  departmental 
chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  will  determine  whether  or  not  the  candidate  is 
to  receive  departmental  honors. 

10.  Problems  of  Philosophy.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
An  introduction  to  some  of  the  main  problems  of  philosophy  and  to  the  ways  in  which 

leading  philosophers  have  dealt  with  them. 

11.  General  Logic.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
An  introduction  to  the  rules  of  clear  and  effective  thinking.  Attention  is  given  to  the  logic 

of  meaning,  the  logic  of  valid  inference,  and  the  logic  of  factual  inquiry.  Main  emphasis  is  laid 
upon  deductive  logic,  and  students  are  introduced  to  the  elements  of  symbolic  logic  as  well  as  to 
traditional  modes  of  analysis. 

99 


23.  Ancient  and  Medieval  Philosophy.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
This  course  traces  the  evolution  of  Western  philosophical  thought  from  its  origin  in  the 

speculations  of  the  pre-Socratic  nature-philosophers  to  the  systematic  elaborations  of  the 
schoolmen  of  the  late  Middle  Ages. 

Prerequisite:  Philosophy  10  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

24.  Modern  Philosophy.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
This  course  follows  the  development  of  philosophical  thought  in  the  leading  thinkers  from 

the  Renaissance  to  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

Prerequisites:  Philosophy  10  and  23  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

30.  Ethics.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
An  inquiry  into  the  central  problems  of  ethics,  with  an  examination  of  the  responses  of 

major  ethical  theories  to  those  problems. 

Prerequisite:  Philosophy  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

31.  Philosophy  of  Religion.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
A  study  of  the  issues  raised  for  philosophy  by  contemporary  religious  and  theological 

thought.  A  critical  examination  of  such  problems  as  faith  and  reason;  the  meaning  of  revela- 
tion, symbolism,  and  language;  the  arguments  for  the  existence  of  Cod;  faith  and  history; 
religion  and  culture. 

Prerequisite:  Philosophy  10  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

35.     Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 

An  examination  of  the  foremost  American,  British  and  continental  philosophers,  from  1900 
to  the  present. 

Prerequisites:  Philosophy  10,  11,  23,  24,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

40.  Metaphysics.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  detailed  consideration  of  the  "theory  of  reality,"  as  interpreted  by  representative  philoso- 
phers from   the  pre-Socratics  to  the  British   and   American    linguistic   analysts,    including   the 
twentieth-century  phenomenologists. 

Prerequisites:  Philosophy  10,  11,  23,  24  and  senior  standing;  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

41.  Aesthetics.  3:3:0.  Offered  either  semester  on  sufficient  demand  only. 
A  study  of  the  nature  and  basis  of  criticism  of  works  of  art. 

Prerequisites:  Philosophy  10,  Art  12  or  Music  19  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

42.  Seminar.  2-3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 
Discussion  of  selected  problems  of  philosophy. 

Open  to  upperclassmen  only,  with  consent  of  instructor. 

45.     Epistemology.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

A  critical  and  analytical  study  of  the  chief  questions  involved  in  "knowing,"  as  formulated 
by  thinkers  from  the  time  of  Plato  to  the  present. 

Prerequisites:  Philosophy  10,  11,  23,  24  and  senior  standing;  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 


100 


PHYSICS 


Professor  Rhodes,  Chairman;  Professor  Emeritus  Grimm;  Assistant  Professor  O'Donnell; 
Instructor  Horgan 

The  Department  of  Physics  attempts  to  develop  in  the  student  an  increased  under- 
standing of  the  basic  laws  of  nature  as  they  relate  to  our  physical  environment,  and  to 
indicate  the  possible  extent,  as  well  as  the  limitations,  of  our  knowledge  of  the  physi- 
cal world. 

The  introductory  course,  Physics  10,  is  intended  for  students  who  wish  to  take  only 
one  course  in  physics.  The  sequence  of  courses  beginning  with  Physics  17  provides 
suitable  training  for  students  who  anticipate  additional  work  in  the  physical  sciences. 
Laboratory  work  is  an  integral  part  of  Physics  10,  17  and  27;  laboratory  work  at  the 
junior  and  senior  level  is  provided  in  Physics  37  and  38,  courses  designed  to  acquaint 
the  student  with  the  experimental  techniques  and  the  measuring  instruments  appro- 
priate to  the  various  areas  of  investigation,  and  to  give  experience  in  the  interpretation 
and  communication  of  experimental  results.  Laboratory  facilities  include  a  neutron 
howitzer,  beta  and  gamma  detection  equipment  with  a  multi-channel  pulse  height 
analyzer,  lasers,  a  50  kv  X-ray  diffractometer,  and  a  harmonic  wave  analyzer. 

The  department  prepares  students  for  graduate  study,  for  research  and  development 
work  in  governmental  and  industrial  laboratories,  and  for  teaching  physics  in  the 
secondary  schools.  It  also  provides  background  courses  in  physics  appropriate  for  work 
in  the  various  basic  and  applied  areas  of  the  physical  sciences,  such  as  astrophysics, 
biophysics,  space  science,  and  computer  technology. 

Major:  Physics  17,  27,  32,  37,  or  38,  and  40. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

Juniors  and  seniors  who  have  demonstrated  high  academic  ability  may,  with  the  per- 
mission of  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College,  participate  in  the 
Independent  Study  program  in  physics.  Application  for  admission  to  the  program 
should  be  made  before  the  end  of  the  junior  year.  A  student  admitted  to  this  program 
works  on  an  experimental  or  theoretical  research  project,  normally  for  a  period  of  a 
year,  with  departmental  supervision.  Experimental  facilities  are  available  in  the  de- 
partment for  investigations  in  x-ray  diffraction,  neutron  reactions,  radioactivity,  Moss- 
bauer  effect,  gamma  ray  spectroscopy,  and  wave  analysis.  Theoretical  problems  may  be 


101 


chosen  from  classical  physics,  statistical  mechanics,  or  quantum  mechanics.  Upon  the 
satisfactory  completion  of  an  approved  experimental  or  theoretical  research  project 
and  the  formal  presentation  of  a  research  paper  before  an  examining  committee,  the 
student  will  be  recommended  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  for  graduation  with  depart- 
mental honors. 

10.     General  College  Physics.  4:3:3  per  semester. 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  concepts  and  laws  of  the  various  branches  of  physics, 
including  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  optics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear 
structure,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 

17.    Principles  of  Physics  I.  4:3:3  per  semester. 

A  comprehensive  introductory  course  designed  for  students  who  desire  a  more  rigorous 
mathematical  approach  to  college  physics  than  is  given  in  Physics  10.  Calculus  is  used  through- 
out. The  first  semester  is  devoted  to  mechanics,  and  the  second  semester  to  heat,  wave  motion, 
and  optics,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area.  This  course  should  be  followed  by  Physics  27. 

Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Mathematics  11. 

27.    Principles  of  Physics  II.  4:3:3  per  semester. 

A  continuation  of  Physics  17,  devoted  in  the  first  semester  to  the  study  of  electricity  and 
magnetism  and  in  the  second  semester  to  the  study  of  modern  physics,  including  the  founda- 
tion of  atomic  physics,  the  quantum  theory  of  radiation,  the  atomic  nucleus,  radioactivity,  and 
nuclear  reactions,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 

Prerequisite:  Physics  17. 

32.     Electricity  and  Magnetism.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  rigorous  study  of  the  basic  phenomena  of  electromagnetism,  together  with  the  applica- 
tion of  fundamental  principles  to  the  solving  of  problems.  The  electric  and  magnetic  properties 
of  matter,  direct  current  circuits,  alternating  current  circuits,  the  Maxwell  field  equations,  and 
the  propagation  of  electromagnetic  waves  are  among  the  topics  treated. 

Prerequisites:  Physics  27  and  Mathematics  21. 

37.  Experimental  Physics  I.  1:0:3  per  semester. 
Experimental  work  in  the  areas  of  mechanics,  A.  C.  and  D.  C.  electrical  measurements, 

optical  spectroscopy,  and  interference  and  diffraction  of  light,  with  emphasis  on  experimental 
design,  measuring  techniques,  and  analysis  of  data. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  27. 

38.  Experimental  Physics  II.  1:0:3  per  semester. 
Experimental  work  in  the  areas  of  x-ray  diffraction,  gamma  ray  spectroscopy,  radioactivity, 

nuclear  magnetic  resonance,  and  electronic  circuitry,  with  emphasis  on  experimental  design, 
measuring  techniques,  and  analysis  of  data. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  27. 

40.  Analytical  Mechanics.  3:3:0  per  semester. 
A  rigorous  study  of  classical  mechanics,  including  the  motion  of  a  single  particle,  the 

motion  of  a  system  of  particles,  and  the  motion  of  a  rigid   body.  Damped  and  forced   har- 
monic  motion,  the  central   force  problem,   the   Euler  description   of   rigid    body   motion,   and 
the  Lagrange  generalization  of  Newtonian  mechanics  are  among  the  topics  treated. 
Prerequisites:  Physics  27  and  Mathematics  21. 

41.  Modern  Physics.  3:3:0  per  semester. 
A  rigorous  study  of  selected  topics  in  modern  physics,  utilizing  the  methods  of  quantum 

mechanics.  The  Schrodinger  equation  is  solved  for  such  systems  as  potential  barriers,  potential 
wells,  the  linear  oscillator,  the  rigid  rotator,  and  the  hydrogen  atom.  Perturbation  techniques 
and  the  operator  formalism  of  quantum  mechanics  are  introduced  where  appropriate. 
Prerequisites:  Physics  32  and  40. 

102 


48.     Physics  Seminar.  3:3:0  per  semester. 

A  seminar  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  areas  of  physics  is  offered  each  semester,  and 
is  open  to  juniors  and  seniors  from  any  department  with  approval  of  the  instructor. 

(a)  Electronics.  A  presentation  of  the  fundamentals  of  electronics,  including  characteristics 
of  vacuum  tubes,  diodes,  and  transistors,  power  supplies,  amplifiers,  oscillators,  servomecha- 
nisms,  and  electronic  switching,  with  opportunity  for  laboratory  study  of  electronic  circuits. 

(b)  Thermodynamics.  A  study  of  the  three  laws  of  thermodynamics  from  which  the  fol- 
lowing topics  are  developed:  entropy,  equations  of  state,  specific  heats,  phase  transitions,  and 
low  temperature  phenomena. 

(c)  Statistical  Mechanics.  Maxwell-Boltzmann,  Bose-Einstein,  and  Fermi-Dirac  statistics  are 
derived  and  used  to  discuss  specific  heats,  paramagnetism,  diamagnetism,  fluctuations,  and  the 
properties  of  photons  and  phonons. 

(d)  Nuclear  Physics.  The  topics  covered  include  properties  of  nuclei,  nuclear  force,  nuclear 
models,  properties  of  alpha,  beta,  and  gamma  decay,  fission,  and  fusion. 

(e)  Solid  State  Physics.  The  topics  covered  include  the  properties  of  crystals,  electronic 
states  in  solids,  semiconductors,  and  the  electric  and  magnetic  properties  of  solids. 

(f)  Wave  Theory.  A  study  of  the  theory  of  waves  as  it  applies  to  electrodynamics,  optics, 
and  acoustics.  The  topics  covered  include  propagation  of  wave  motion,  wave  guides,  diffraction 
and  interference  phenomena,  and  polarization. 


103 


PSYCHOLOGY 


Professor  Davidon,  Chairman;  Professor  Love;  Assistant  Professors  Mather  and  Stare 

The  courses  in  psychology  are  designed  to  develop  an  understanding  and  apprecia- 
tion of  man,  as  they  present  methods,  findings  and  theories  of  behavioral  science. 

There  is  a  complete  program  for  those  preparing  for  graduate  school  studies  leading 
to  a  professional  career  in  either  experimental  or  clinical  psychology. 

Furthermore,  many  of  the  courses  provide  an  important  background  for  those 
preparing  for  careers  in  other  fields  such  as  medicine,  teaching  and  business.  The 
program  for  a  major  in  psychology  can  help  qualify  one  for  teaching  psychology  in 
high  school  and  can  be  relevant  to  employment  and  further  training  in  agencies,  hos- 
pitals, and  laboratories. 

Major:  Psychology  20,  25a,  25b,  43,  either  45a^l5b  or  46,  and  electives  in  psychol- 
ogy to  complete  at  least  24  hours.  Students  preparing  for  graduate  school  in  psychol- 
ogy are  advised  to  include  Psychology  26.1,  35a,  35b,  and  44.  With  approval,  six  hours 
of  the  minimum  of  24  required  for  the  major  may  be  selected  from  the  following: 
Biology  22,  32  and  Mathematics  12. 


INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

For  the  capable  student  who  wishes  to  take  part  in  selecting  and  planning  his  own 
studies  within  particular  areas  of  psychology,  a  program  of  independent  study  for 
credit  may  replace  courses.  The  student  is  assisted  by  a  member  of  the  faculty  with 
whom  he  has  individual  conferences.  The  program  provides  for  the  investigation  of  a 
principal  problem  during  the  junior  and  senior  years,  beginning  with  the  study  of  the 
literature  and  culminating  in  the  design  and  execution  of  a  laboratory  experiment  or 
field  study.  Both  a  formal  oral  presentation  and  a  written  report  are  required. 

In  order  to  participate  in  Independent  Study  a  psychology  major  is  required  to:  (1) 
maintain  an  over-all  grade-point  average  of  2.5;  (2)  maintain  an  average  of  3.0  in  psy- 
chology courses;  (3)  show  consistently  high  interest  and  initiative;  and  (4)  receive  the 
approval  of  the  departmental  staff  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

Graduation  with  Honors  in  Psychology  will  depend  on  the  quality  of  the  work  in 
Independent  Study,  the  maintenance  of  the  grade-point  averages  specified  for  admis- 
sion to  the  study  program,  and  the  final  approval  of  the  departmental  staff  and  the 
Dean  of  the  College. 


104 


20.  General  Psychology.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 
An  introduction  to  the  scientific  study  of  behavior  and  human  experience,  with  emphasis 

on  biological  and  environmental  influences  upon  learning,  perception,  motivation,  and  cog- 
nitive functions.  Studies  of  the  person,  of  development  and  personality,  and  of  interpersonal 
relationships  are  reviewed. 

21.  Psychology  of  Childhood  and  Development.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
A  study  of  human  growth  and  development  with  particular  emphasis  upon  the  psycho- 
logical development  of  the  child.  Theories  of  development  and  appropriate  research  studies  are 
included.  Required  for  state  certification  in  elementary  education. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  20. 

23.     Educational  Psychology.  3:3:0.  Either  semester. 

An  application  of  psychological  principles  to  problems  and  issues  encountered  in  formal 
education.  Required  for  state  certification  in  elementary  and  secondary  education. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  20. 

25a.     Experimental  Psychology:  Learning  and  Motivation.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Instrumental  and  classical  conditioning  techniques  are  compared  and  related  to  theories 
of  human  and  animal  learning  and  motivation.  Basic  methods  in  the  investigation  of  verbal 
learning  are  also  considered. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  20. 

25b.     Experimental  Psychology:  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Review  of  major  areas  of  investigation  of  visual,  auditory  and  other  sensory  systems. 
Psychophysical  methods,  and  principles  of  sensory  differentiation  and  field  organization  are 
included. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  20. 

26.1.     Laboratory  Investigations.  1:0:3  per  semester. 

Experiments  and  demonstrations  in  experimental  psychology,  with  animal  or  human  sub- 
jects. Includes  statistical  computation  and  interpretation  of  data. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  20. 

Corequisite:  Psychology  25a  or  Psychology  25b. 

31.  Psychology  of  Adolescence.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1971-1972.) 
A  study  of  the  psychological  development  in  the  adolescent  period. 

Prerequisite:  Psychology  20. 

32.  Psychology  of  Abnormal  Behavior.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 
An  introduction  to  the  major  syndromes  of  abnormal  behavior  and  their  dynamics,  and 

to  the  psychological,  sociocultural  and  biological  conditions  associated  with  their  development. 
Prerequisites:  Psychology  20;  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

33.  Social  Psychology.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
Studies  of  social  responses  and  attributes,  of  group  structures  and  relations,  and  of  cul- 
tural norms  and  forms. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  20;  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

35a-b.     Research  Design  and  Statistical  Analysis.  3  hours  credit  per  semester. 

Principles  of  research  design  and  inferential  statistical  analysis;  planning  and  execution  of 
studies. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  20,  25a,  and  25b. 

41.     Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester. 

The  history  of  clinical  psychology  and  the  psychological  approaches  to  the  treatment  of 
the  mentally  ill  are  reviewed.  Psychological  assessment  and  clinically  oriented  research  tech- 
niques are  also  included. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  20,  32;  senior  standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

105 


43.  Personality.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
A   study  of   representative   major   theories   of  personality,   from    psychoanalysis    through 

existentialism. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  20;  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

44.  Physiological  Psychology.  3:2:2.  Second  semester. 
A  comparative  study  of  neuroanatomy  and  neurophysiology  with  emphasis  on  the  human 

nervous  system.  Functional  and  anatomical  relationships  are  related  to  problems  in  sensation, 
perception,  learning,  and  motivation. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  20;  Biology  14  or  premission  of  the  instructor. 

45a— 45b.     Research  Seminar.  1-3  hours  credit  per  semester. 

Independent  study,  with  individual  experiments  or  projects,  conferences,  and  group 
discussions. 

Prerequisites:  Two  semesters  of  psychology  beyond  Psychology  20,  and  senior  standing. 

46.     History  and  Theory.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

Philosophical  issues,  areas  and  trends  of  investigation,  and  "Schools  of  Psychology"  prior 
to  1940. 

Prerequisites:  Psychology  20,  25a  and  25b;  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 


RELIGION 


Professor  Wethington,  Chairman;  Associate  Professor  Troutman;  Assistant  Professor 
Cantrell;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  Bemesderfer 

The  aim  of  this  department  is  to  provide  opportunity  for  the  study  of  the  meaning 
of  man's  religious  experience. 

The  department  seeks  to  orient  the  student  to  a  Christian  world  view,  providing  an 
understanding  of  the  Scriptures  and  the  heritage  of  the  Christian  church  as  a  means 
to  this  end,  as  well  as  the  enhancing  of  Christian  living  as  a  dynamic  experience. 

Professionally,  basic  courses  are  offered  to  students  preparing  for  the  Christian  min- 
istry, the  world  mission  field,  the  teaching  of  religion,  and  other  church  vocations. 

Major:  A  total  of  twenty-four  semester  hours  is  required,  including  Religion  44  and 
45.  A  total  of  six  hours  of  New  Testament  or  Hellenistic  Creek  (Greek  21)  as  well  as 
Philosophy  of  Religion  (Philosophy  31)  may  be  counted  toward  a  religion  major. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

Students  wishing  to  participate  in  the  Independent  Study  program  in  the  department 
may  do  so  by  fulfilling  the  following  requirements:  (1)  achieve  high  academic  standing 
in  departmental  courses;  (2)  submit  a  paper  in  connection  with  a  course  beyond  the 
first  year  courses;  (3)  apply  and  receive  approval  for  participation  in  Independent 
Study  from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  by  the  end  of  the 
first  semester  of  the  junior  year;  (4)  prepare  an  essay  of  10,000  words  or  more  under 
the  direction  of  a  member  of  the  department  to  be  submitted  by  April  1  of  the  senior 
year;  (5)  defend  the  essay  before  a  faculty  committee  selected  by  the  departmental 
chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

On  the  basis  of  his  performance  in  the  essay,  and  oral  examination,  the  departmental 
chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  will  determine  whether  or  not  the  candidate  is 
to  receive  departmental  honors. 

12.    Introduction  to  Biblical  Thought.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

An  examination  of  some  of  the  basic  themes  of  Biblical  religion  in  relation  to  their  his- 
torical context  and  their  contemporary  implications. 


107 


13.    Introduction  to  the  Christian  Faith.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  systematic  inquiry  into  the  areas  of  religious  language,  religious  knowledge,  and  the 
doctrines  of  God,  man,  Christ,  and  the  Church. 
20.     The  Prophets.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 

A  study  of  the  lives  and  writings  of  the  Old  Testament  prophets,  and  an  analysis  of  their 
contributions  to  Hebrew-Christian  religious  thought. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  12. 
22.    Religion  in  America.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

A  study  of  contemporary  Judaism,  Roman  Catholicism,  and  Protestantism  in  the  United 
States,  including  a  brief  historical  background  of  each.  Some  attention  is  given  to  the  various 
religious  sects  and  cults. 

No  prerequisites. 
30.     Life  and  Epistles  of  Paul.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 

A  study  of  the  life,  writings,  and  theological  thought  of  Paul  and  their  relationship  to  the 
practices,  problems,  and  beliefs  of  the  early  church. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  12  or  13. 

32.  Life  and  Teachings  of  Jesus.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
An  intensive  study  of  the  life  and  message  of  Jesus  as  set  forth  in  the  Gospels. 
Prerequisite:  Religion  12  or  13. 

33.  Christian  Ethics.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
A  systematic  analysis  of  the  implications  of  the  Christian  faith  both  for  personal   moral 

decision,  and  for  social  policy  in  such  areas  as  government  and  political   life,  work  and  the 
economic  order. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  12  or  13. 
36.     Christian  Tradition  and  Reform.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  study  of  the  major  and  continuing  strains  of  the  history  of  Christianity  and  the  principal 
reform  movements. 

No  prerequisite. 

39.  Theological  Issues  in  Contemporary  Secular  Authors.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
Identification,  analysis,  and  interpretation  of  issues  of  special  theological  import  raised  by 

thinkers  representing  "non-theological"  disciplines. 
Prerequisite:  Religion  13. 

40.  Introduction  to  Christian  Nurture.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
An  investigation  of  some  of  the  principles  and  problems  of  religious  education  as  they 

are  related  to  higher  education,  the  public  school,  the  church  school,  and  the  home. 

Prerequisite:  Religion  12  or  13. 
42.    World  Religions.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

An  examination  of  the  rise  and  development  of  religion  along  with  a  study  of  the  ideas, 
and  cultic  and  ethical  practices  of  the  great  world  faiths.  Special  attention  given  to  Asian 
religions. 

No  prerequisite. 

44.  Seminar  in  Classical  Religious  Thinkers.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
An  intensive  study  of  the  thought  of  such  classical  religious  thinkers  as  Augustine,  Aquinas, 

Luther,  and  others. 

Required  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  students;  others  by 
permission  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 

45.  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Religious  Problems.     3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
A  study  of  selected  problems  arising  from  recent  theological  efforts.  Research  methodology 

is  stressed. 

Required  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  students;  others  by 
permission  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 

RUSSIAN 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  80. 

108 


SOCIOLOGY 


Associate  Professor  Berson,  Chairman;  Assistant  Professor  White 

The  courses  in  the  Department  of  Sociology  have  been  designed:  (1)  to  develop  the 
student's  understanding  of  the  social  structure  and  the  social  relationships  in  and 
through  which  man  functions;  (2)  to  provide  preliminary  training  for  those  who  are 
planning  to  enter  the  field  of  social,  religious,  and  community  work;  and  (3)  to  furnish 
basic  background  knowledge  for  the  pursuance  of  graduate  work  in  Sociology. 

Major:  Sociology  20,  21,  34,  43,  and  45,  supplemented  by  fifteen  additional  hours 
from  Sociology  22,  30,  31,  32,  33,  and  40,  Anthropology  20,  and  Psychology  33. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

The  departmental  Independent  Study  program  is  designed  to  provide  stimulation  ror 
capable  students  to  undertake  and  carry  through  academic  work  of  high  quality.  Inde- 
pendent Study  is  planned  as  an  integral  part  of  the  student's  major  program  rather  than 
viewed  as  work  superimposed  upon  it,  and  is  set  in  the  framework  of  a  major  area  of 
concentration. 

1.  The  student  should  apply  for  admission  to  the  Independent  Study  program  at  the 
beginning  of  the  second  semester  of  the  sophomore  year.  This  would  enable  him 
to  undertake  preliminary  work  for  one  year  before  being  admitted  to  full  status  in 
the  program  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

2.  To  enter  the  Independent  Study  program  a  student  must  have  a  high  general 
standing  in  the  College  and  the  approval  of  the  departmental  chairman  and  the 
Dean  of  the  College  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year. 
An  average  grade  of  3.0  in  all  courses  in  the  student's  major  area  of  concentration 
is  required  as  is  an  average  of  3.0  while  he  is  pursuing  his  work  as  a  candidate  for 
departmental  honors.  The  student  must,  in  addition,  fulfill  any  other  specific  require- 
ments of  the  department. 

3.  The  student  in  Independent  Study  will  prepare  an  essay  of  ten  thousand  words  or 
more  under  the  direction  of  the  departmental  chairman  to  be  submitted  by  the  end 
of  the  first  semester  of  his  senior  year.  It  shall  be  defended  in  a  manner  approved 
by  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 


109 


4.  The  Independent  Study  of  each  student  shall  be  tested  by  a  special  oral  examina- 
tion. On  the  basis  of  his  performance  in  the  essay  and  oral  examination,  the  depart- 
mental chairman  and  the  Dean  of  the  College  will  determine  whether  or  not  the 
candidate  is  to  receive  departmental  honors. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

20.     Introduction  to  Anthropology.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 

A  general  survey  of  the  fields  of  physical  anthropology,  archeology,  and  cultural  anthro- 
pology, with  some  attention  given  to  the  uses  and  methods  of  anthropology  and  to  the  effect 
of  culture  on  personality. 

SOCIOLOGY 

20.  Introduction  to  Sociology.  3:3:0.  First  semester. 
A  systematic  study  of  the  major  concepts,  methods,  and  areas  of  sociology.  Analysis  of 

human  values  and  their  interrelationship  to  group  behavior. 

21.  Contemporary  Social  Problems.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
A  sociological  analysis  of  problems  relating  to  types  of  deviant  behavior,  including  mental 

disorders,  delinquency,  crime,  and  drug  addiction,  and  social  disorganization,  including  poverty, 
family  disorganization,  race,  and  ethnic  relationships. 

22.  Sociology  of  the  Family.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 
A  cross-cultural  perspective  and  analysis  of  the  changing  trends  of  the  family.  Structural- 
functional  and  role  theory  approach  will  be  presented. 

30.  Criminology.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
Presentation  of  theories  relating  to  the  nature,  causation,  and  treatment  of  criminal  and 

delinquent  behavior. 

31.  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
Historical  perspective  of  the  characteristics  of  social  welfare  and  survey  of  social  work 

methods.  Analysis  of  social  issues  and  critical  evaluation  of  policies  and  programs. 
Prerequisites:  Sociology  20  and  21. 

32.  Field  Practice  in  Social  Work.  3  hours  credit.  Second  semester.  Offered  1972-1973. 
Application  of  sociological-social  work  concepts  through  supervised  field  experience  in 

private  and  public  agencies  and  hospitals  supplemented  by  course  material. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  31. 

33.  Social  Institutions.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
Analysis  of  the  structure  and  function  of  the  institutional  system.  Emphasis  upon  the  in- 
fluence of  the  major  social  institutions  including  religion,  mass  culture,  and  mass  media. 

34.  Methods  of  Social  Research.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 
An  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  of  research  design  and  to  the  primary  techniques 

utilized  in  the  collection  and  analysis  of  data  for  testing  sociological  hypotheses. 

Prerequisites:  Sociology  20  and  21;  open  only  to  junior  and  senior  majors  in  sociology  and 
to  others  by  permission  of  the  staff. 

40.    Population.  3:3:0.  First  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 

A  study  of  the  size,  growth,  composition,  and  distribution  of  the  peoples  of  the  earth. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  problems  occasioned  by  urban  development. 

Prerequisite:  Sociology  20. 

110 


43.     Development  of  Sociological  Theory.  3:3:0.  Second  semester.  Offered  1971-1972. 

A  study  of  the  theorists  and  trends  in  sociological  thought.  Major  sociocultural  systems 
and  the  structural-functional  approach  are  explored. 

Prerequisites:  Sociology  20  and  21. 

45.     Senior  Seminar.  3:3:0.  Second  semester. 

Critical  analysis  of  sociological    theory   applied    to   contemporary    issues.   Major   project 
required. 

Prerequisite:  Senfor  sociology  major  or  with  permission  of  the  departmental  chairman. 

SPANISH 

See  Foreign  Languages,  page  80. 


111 


Directories 


112 


FACULTY  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF,  1970-1971 


FACULTY: 

FREDERICK  P.  SAMPLE,  1968- 
P  resident. 

CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947-; 
Dean  of  the  College. 

ANNA  D.  FABER,  1954-; 
Secretary  or  the  Faculty. 


EMERITI: 

FREDERIC  K.  MILLER,  1939-1967; 
President  Emeritus. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1929;  M.A., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1931;  Ph.D., 
1948;  Litt.D.,  Muhlenberg  College,  1954; 
D.H.L.,  Dickinson  College,  1967;  LL.D., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1968;  D.Pd.,  Ge- 
neva College,  1968;  LL.D.,  Waynesburg  Col- 
lege, 1969. 

MRS.  RUTH  ENGLE  BENDER,  1918-1922; 
1924-1970; 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Music  Education. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1915;  Oberlin 
Conservatory;  graduate  New  England  Con- 
servatory. 

DONALD  E.   FIELDS,  1928-1930;  1947-1970; 
Librarian  Emeritus. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1924;  M.A., 
Princeton  University,  1928;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Chicago,  1935;  A.B.  in  Library  Science, 
University  of  Michigan,  1947. 


MRS.  FRANCES  T.  FIELDS,  1947-1970; 
Cataloging  Librarian  Emeritus. 
A.B.,    Lebanon   Valley   College,   1929;   A.B. 
in  Library  Science,  University  of  Michigan, 
1947;  M.A.,  Universidad  de  San  Carlos  de 
Guatemala,  1960. 

SAMUEL  O.  GRIMM,  1912-1970; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics. 
B.Pd.,    State    Normal    School,    Millersville, 
1910;  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1912; 
A.M.,  1918;  Sc.D.,  1942. 

LENA  L.  LIETZAU,  1930-1952; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  German. 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Vienna,  1928. 

HELEN  ETHEL  MYERS,  1921-1956; 
Librarian  Emeritus. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1907;  Library 
Science,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology. 

ALVIN  H.  M.  STONECIPHER,  1932-1958; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Latin  Language 
and  Literature;  Dean  Emeritus. 
A.B.,    Vanderbilt    University,    1913;    A.M., 
1914;   Ph.D.,  1917;  Litt.D.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1962. 

GEORGE  G.  STRUBLE,  1931-1970; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  English. 
B.S.  in  Ed.,  University  of  Kansas,  1922;  M.S. 
in  Ed.,  1925;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1931. 

FRANCIS  H.  WILSON,  1953-1968; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Biology. 
B.S.,  Cornell   University,  1923;   M.S.,  1925; 
Ph.D.,  1931. 


113 


PROFESSORS: 

ROBERT  S.  DAVIDON,  1970-; 
Professor  of  Psychology;  Chairman  of  the 
Department  of  Psychology. 
A.B.,    University    of    Illinois,    1940;    M.A., 
University    of    Pennsylvania,    1946;    Ph.D., 
1951. 

CLOYD  H.  EBERSOLE,  1953-; 

Professor   of   Education;    Chairman    of   the 

Department  of  Education. 

A.B.,    Juniata    College,    1933;    M.Ed.,    The 

Pennsylvania  State  University,  1941;  D.Ed., 

1954. 

CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947-; 

Adjunct  Professor  of  Philosophy. 

MRS.  ANNA  DUNKLE  FABER,  1954-; 
Professor  of  English. 

A.B.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1948;  M.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

ELIZABETH  M.  GEFFEN,  1958-; 

Professor  of  History;  Chairman  of  the 
Department  of  History  and  Political  Science. 
B.S.    in    Ed.,     University    of    Pennsylvania, 
1934;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

KARL  L.  LOCKWOOD,  1959-; 
Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,    Muhlenberg    College,    1951;    Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1955. 

JEAN  O.  LOVE,  1954-; 
Professor  of  Psychology. 
A.B.,  Erskine  College,  1941;  M.A.,  Winthrop 
College,  1949;   Ph.D.,   University  of   North 
Carolina,  1953. 

JOERG  W.  P.  MAYER,  1970-; 

Professor  of  Mathematics;  Chairman  of  the 
Department  of  Mathematics. 
Dipl.    Math.,   University   of   Giessen,   1953; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

HOWARD  A.  NEIDIG,  1948-; 
Professor  of   Chemistry;   Chairman    of   the 
Department  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,   Lebanon   Valley  College,   1943;   M.S., 
University  of  Delaware,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1948. 


SARA  ELIZABETH  PIEL,  Jan.,  1960-; 

Professor  of   Languages;   Chairman   of   the 
Department  of  Foreign  Languages. 
A.B.,   Chatham   College,   1928;   M.A.,    Uni- 
versity of  Pittsburgh,  1929;  Ph.D.,  1938. 

JACOB  L.  RHODES,  1957-; 

Professor  of  Physics;  Chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Physics. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1958. 

C.  F.  JOSEPH  TOM,  1954-; 

Professor  of  Economics  and  Business  Ad- 
ministration; Chairman  of  the  Department 
of  Economics  and  Business  Administration. 
B.A.,  Hastings  College,  1944;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

L.  ELBERT  WETHINGTON,  1963-; 
Professor  of  Religion;  Chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Religion. 

B.A.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1944;  B.D., 
Divinity  School  of  Duke  University,  1947; 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1949. 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS: 

ELAINE  S.  BERSON,  1970-; 
Associate    Professor    of    Sociology;    Chair- 
man of  the  Department  of  Sociology. 
A.B.,    University   of   Illinois,   1950;   M.S.W., 
University  of  Oklahoma,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Duke 
University,  1958. 

GEORGE  D.  CURFMAN,  1961-; 

Associate  Professor  of  Music  Education. 
B.S.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1953;  M.M., 
University  of  Michigan,  1957. 

HILDA  M.  DAMUS,  1963-; 
Associate  Professor  of  German. 
M.A.,  University  of  Berlin  and  Jena,  1932; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Berlin,  1945. 

WILLIAM  H.  FAIRLAMB,  1947-; 

Associate  Professor  of  Piano  and  Music 
History. 

Mus.B.,  cum  laude,  Philadelphia  Conserva- 
tory, 1949. 


114 


ALEX  J.  FEHR,  1951—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1950;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse 
University,  1968. 

ARTHUR  L.  FORD,  1965-; 

Associate  Professor  of  English;  Chairman  of 

the  Department  of  English. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1959;  M.A., 

Bowling  Green  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D., 

1964. 

PIERCE  A.  GETZ,  1959-; 

Associate  Professor  of  Organ. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1951;  M.S.M., 
Union    Theological     Seminary     School     of 
Sacred  Music,  1953;  A.M.D.,  Eastman  School 
of  Music,  1967. 

ROBERT  E.  GRISWOLD,  1960-; 
Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,  New  Bedford  Institute  of  Technology, 
1954;     M.S.     in     Chemistry,     Northeastern 
University,   1956;    Ph.D.,  Massachusetts   In- 
stitute of  Technology,  1960. 

*THOMAS  A.  LANESE,  1954-; 

Associate  Professor  of  Strings,  Conducting, 
and  Theory. 

B.Mus.,  Baldwin-Wallace  College,  1938;  fel- 
lowship, Juilliard  Graduate  School;  M.Mus., 
Manhattan  School  of  Music,  1952. 

ROBERT  W.  SMITH,  1951—; 
Associate    Professor    of    Music    Education; 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of  Music. 
B.S.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1939;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1950. 

FRANK  E.  STACHOW,  1946-; 
Associate  Professor  of  Theory  and  WoorJ- 
winds. 

Diploma,  clarinet,  Juilliard  School  of  Music; 
B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1943;  M.A.,  1946. 


JAMES  M.  THURMOND,  1954-; 

Associate  Professor  of  Music  Education  and 
Brass  Instruments. 

Diploma,  Curtis  Institute  of  Music,  1931; 
A.B.,  American  University,  1951;  M.A., 
Catholic  University,  1952;  Mus.D.,  Washing- 
ton College  of  Music,  1944. 

**ELEANOR  TITCOMB,  1964-; 
Associate  Professor  of  French. 
A.B.,  Mount  Holyoke  College,  1938;  M.A., 
Middlebury  College,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Radcliffe 
College,  1959. 

PERRY  J.  TROUTMAN,  1960-; 
Associate  Professor  of  Religion  and  Creek. 
B.A.,  Houghton  College,  1949;  B.D.,  United 
Theological  Seminary,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Boston 
University,  1964. 

HARRY  P.  WEAST,  1967-; 

Associate  Professor  of  Education. 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1937;  M.Ed., 

1944;  D.Ed.,  1953. 


ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS: 

JEANNE  E.  ARGOT,  1969-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.S.,  Moravian  College,  1965;  M.S.,  Lehigh 
University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

SAMARAH  BELLARDO,  1970-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Theory  and  Piano. 
B.S.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music,  1961;  M.S., 
1963. 

JAMES  O.  BEMESDERFER,  1959-; 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Religion. 

PHILIP  A.  BILLINGS,  1970-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
B.A.,     Heidelberg     College,     1965;     M.A., 
Michigan  State  University,  1967. 

O.  PASS  BOLLINGER,  1950-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.S.,   Lebanon   Valley  College,   1928;   M.S., 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1937. 


'Sabbatical  leave,  first  semester,  1970-1971. 


**  Leave  of  absence,  1970-1971. 


115 


FAY  B.  BURRAS,  1964-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1960;  M.A., 
Smith  College,  1961. 

VOORHIS  C.  CANTRELL,  1968-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Religion. 
B.A.,  Oklahoma  City  University,  1952;  B.D., 
Southern  Methodist  University,  1956;  Ph.D., 
Boston  University,  1967. 

CHARLES  T.  COOPER,  1965-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish. 
B.S.,  U.S.  Naval  Academy,  1942;  M.A.,  Mid- 
dlebury  College,  1965. 

MRS.  JUNE  EBY  HERR,  1959-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Elementary  Education. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  M.Ed., 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1954. 

MICHAEL  G.  JAMANIS,  1966-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Piano. 
B.S.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music,  1962;  M.S., 
1964. 

DONALD  E.  JEANNET,  1970-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  French. 
B.A..  University  of  Oklahoma,  1952;  M.A., 
Middlebury  College,  1955. 

RICHARD  A.  JOYCE,  1966-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  History. 
A.B.,  Yale  University,  1952;  M.A.,  San  Fran- 
cisco State  College,  1963 

WILLIAM  KERR,  1969-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 
B.A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1950;  M.A.,  Tem- 
ple University,  1957;  M.A.,  Montclair  State 
College,  1962. 

MRS.    NEVELYN    J.    KNISLEY,    1954-58;    1963; 
1970-; 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Piano. 
Mus.B.,    Oberlin    Conservatory    of    Music, 
1951;  M.F.A.,  Ohio  University,  1953. 

MRS.  MARY  B.  LEWIN,  1963-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
B.S.  in  Ed.,  Millersville  State  College,  1938; 
M.S.  in  Ed.,  Temple  University,  1958;  M.A., 
University  of  Illinois,  1969. 


MARK  L  LYNDRUP,  1970-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,   Trinity   College,    1961;    Ph.D.,    North- 
western University,  1966. 

MRS.  SYLVIA  R.  MALM,  1962-; 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
A.B.,  Mount  Holyoke  College,  1931;  M.A., 
Brown  University,  1934;  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr 
College,  1937. 

VINOD  P.  MANIYAR,  1969-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Economics. 
B.A.,  Gujarat  University,  1956;  M.A.,  1959. 

JAMES  H.  MATHER,  1968-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 

A.B.,    Westminster    College,    1962;     M.A., 

Bryn  Mawr  College,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

WILLIAM  D.  McHENRY,  1961-; 

Chairman    of   the   Department   of   Physical 
Education. 

MRS.  AGNES  B.  O'DONNELL,  1961-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  English 
A.B.,     Immaculata    College,    1948;     M.Ed., 
Temple    University,    1953;    M.A.,    Unversity 
of  Pennsylvania,  1968. 

J.  ROBERT  O'DONNELL,  1959-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Physics. 
B.S.,    The    Pennsylvania    State    University, 
1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1953. 

WERNER  H.  PETERKE,  1967-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Economics. 
B.S.,   Cornell    University,   1959;  M.A.,   Kent 
State  University,  1962. 

GERALD  J.  PETROFES,  1963-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education. 
B.S.,    Kent    State    University,    1958;    M.Ed., 
1962. 

JAMES  N.  SPENCER,  1967-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

B.S.,  Marshall  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Iowa 

State  University,  1967. 

MRS.  CHARLOTTE  KNARR  STARE,  1966-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1964;  M.A., 
Kent  State  University,  1966. 


116 


DAYLE  H.  STARE,  1968-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1964;  M.A., 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1966. 

WARREN  K.  A.  THOMPSON,  1967-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy;  Chairman 
of  the  Department  of  Philosophy. 
A.B.,   Trinity    University,   1957;    M.A.,    Uni- 
versity of  Texas,  1963. 

EDWARD  H.  WHITE,  1969-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology. 
A.B.,   Dickinson   College,  1964;   M.A.,   Uni- 
versity of  Connecticut.  1966. 

PAUL  L.  WOLF,  1966-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology;  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Biology. 
B.S.,    Elizabethtown    College,    1960;    M.S., 
University  of  Delaware,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

ALLAN  F.  WOLFE,  1968-; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1963;  M.A.,  Drake 
University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Ver- 
mont, 1968. 

GLENN  H.  WOODS,  1965-; 
Assistant  Professor  of  English. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1951;  M.Ed., 
Temple  University,  1962. 

INSTRUCTORS: 

ROBERT  A.  AULENBACH,  1968-; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Woodwinds. 
B.M.,  Boston  Conservatory  of  Music,  1949. 

RICHARD  C.  BELL,  1966-; 
Instructor  in  Chemistry. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1941;  M.Ed., 
Temple  University,  1955. 

RONALD  G.  BURRICHTER,  1968-; 
Instructor  in  Voice. 

B.M.E.,  Wartburg  College,  1964;  M.M.,  Pea- 
body  Conservatory  of  Music,  1968. 

ROBERT  B.  CAMPBELL,  1968-; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Woodwinds. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1954;  M.M., 
University  of  Michigan,  1960. 


D.  ROGER  GAECKLER,  1969-; 
Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 
B.S.,  Gettysburg  College,  1964. 

MRS.  E.  ELIZABETH  GARMAN,  1964-; 
Instructor  in  Physical  Education; 
Director  of  Athletics  for  Women. 
B.S.,  Beaver  College,  1942. 

D.  JOHN  GRACE,  1958-59;  1961-; 
Instructor  in  Accounting. 
B.S.,    Lebanon    Valley   College,    1955;    C.P. 
C.U.,  1955;  C.P.A.,  1957. 

MRS.  GEILAN  A.  HANSEN,  1963-; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Russian. 

JOHN  R.  HORGAN,  JR.,  1970-; 
Instructor  in  Physics. 

B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  1965;  M.S., 
University  of  Massachusetts,  1967;  Ph.D., 
1970. 

RICHARD  A.  ISKOWITZ,  1969-; 
Instructor  in  Art. 

B.F.A.,  Kent  State  University,  1965;  M.F.A., 
1967. 

MRS.  FRANCES  VERI  JAMANIS,  1967-; 
Instructor  in  Piano. 

B.S.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music,  1964;  M.S., 
1965. 

KEITH  L.  KILGORE,  1969-; 
Instructor  in  Political  Science. 
A.B.,  Muskingum  College,  1966;  J.D.,  Ohio 
Northern  University,  1969. 

PETER  M.  KUCIRKO,  1970-; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Strings. 
Diploma,  New  School  of  Music,  1968. 

ROBERT  C.  LAU,  1968-; 
Instructor  in  Musical  Theory. 
B.S.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1965;   M.A., 
Eastman  School  of  Music,  1970. 

PHILIP  G.  MORGAN,  1969-; 
Instructor  in  Voice. 

B.M.E.,  Kansas  State  College,  1962;  M.S., 
1965. 


117 


JOHN  P.  RAMSAY,  1966-; 
Instructor  in  English. 

B.A.,    Albright    College,    1958;    M.A.,    Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  1960. 

RONALD  A.  ROGERSON,  1968-; 
Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maine,  1966. 

MRS.  MAUN  Ph.  SAYLOR,  1961-; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  French. 
FN.  Kand.,  Universities  of  Upsala  and  Stock- 
holm, 1938. 

MRS.  GLORIA  E.  STAMBACH,  1970-; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Piano. 
Diploma,  Juilliard  School  of  Music,   1952; 
1956. 

TEACHING  AIDES: 

MANUEL  ANTONIO  GAVILANEZ,  1970-; 
Teaching  Aide  in  Spanish. 

ULRIKE  E.  LORENZ,  1970-; 
Teaching  Assistant  in  German. 
Padagogisch  Diploma,  Ludwigsburg,  1970. 

ELISABETH  H.  PICQ,  1970-; 
Teaching  Assistant  in  French. 
Licence  d'Anglais,  University  of  Lyon,  1969. 


COOPERATING  TRAINING  TEACHERS: 

The  student  teaching  program  is  organized 
to  give  the  beginning  teacher  as  wide  and 
varied  experiences  as  possible. 

Extreme  care  is  used  in  the  assignment  of 
the  cooperating  teacher  with  the  student 
teacher.  The  selection  is  made  in  a  cooperative 
manner  between  the  administration  of  the 
local  school  and  the  supervisor  of  student 
teaching  at  the  College. 

Student  teaching  in  Music  Education  and 
in  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education  is 
done  in  schools  within  reasonable  traveling 
distance  of  the  College. 

Names  of  cooperating  teachers  and  subjects 
taught  are  available  in  the  offices  of  the  de- 
partments of  Education  and  Music. 

DEPARTMENTAL  ASSISTANTS,  1970-1971: 

Biology,  Susan  D.  Yinger,  1971 
Economics  and  Business  Administration, 

Nancy  F.  McLean,  1971 
Education,  Kathleen  H.  Wood,  1972 
English,  Priscilla  L.  Roth,  1971 
Foreign  Languages,  Glenn  D.  Deaven,  1972 
History    and    Political    Science,    Richard    B. 

Thompson,  1971 
Mathematics,  Becky  D.  Huber,  1972 
Music,  Ronald  R.  Renshaw,  1972 
Philosophy,  Anne  L.  Jameson,  1971 
Physical  Education,  Craig  R.  Werner,  1972 
Physics,  Wilbur  A.  Hamsher,  Jr.,  1971 
Psychology,  Mrs.  Barbara  J.  Light,  1971 
Religion,  Lorelei  M.  Floyd,  1971 
Sociology,  John  R.  Gibble,  1971 

TEACHING  INTERN,  1970-1971: 

Mathematics,  Claire  L.  Fiedler,  1971 


118 


OFFICES  OF  ADMINISTRATION 


OFFICE  OF  THE  PRESIDENT: 

FREDERICK  P.  SAMPLE,  1968-; 
President. 

B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1952;  M.Ed., 
Western  Maryland  College,  1956;  D.Ed.,  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1968;  Pd.D., 
Albright  College,  1968. 

MRS.  ELSIE  M.'MOYER,  Secretary 


Office  of  the  Assistant  to  The  President 

EARL  R.  MEZOFF,  1963-; 
Assistant  to  the  President,  1963-; 
Vice  President,  1967-. 
A.B.,  Thiel   College,  1947;   M.A.,  Michigan 
State  University,  1948;  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University,  1965. 

MRS.  ELOISE  J.  MILLER,  Secretary. 


ACADEMIC: 

Office  of  the  Dean  of  the  College 

CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947-; 
Dean  of  the  College,  1960-; 
Vice  President,  1967-. 
A.B.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1940;   B.D., 
United  Theological  Seminary,  1943;   Ph.D., 
Yale  University,  1954. 


RALPH  S.  SHAY,  1948-1951;  Feb.  1953-; 
Assistant  Dean  of  the  College,  1967—. 
A.B.,  'Lebanon  Valley  College,  1942;  A.M., 
University    of    Pennsylvania,    1947;     Ph.D., 
1962. 

MISS  JEANETTE  E.  BENDER,  Secretary. 


Office  of  Admissions 

D.  CLARK  CARMEAN,  1933-; 
Director  of  Admissions,  1949—. 
A.B.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1926;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1932. 

GREGORY  G.  STANSON,  1966-; 

Assistant  to  the  Director  of  Admissions, 

1968-. 

B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1963;  M.Ed., 

University  of  Toledo,  1966. 

MRS.  MARY  ANN  TOWN,  Secretary. 

MRS.  LORETTA  A.  WATSON,  Secretary. 

Office  of  the  Registrar 

RALPH  S.  SHAY,  1948-1951;  Feb.  1953-; 
Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  and  Registrar, 
1967-. 

MRS.  RHETA  M.  KREIDER,  Secretary. 
MRS.  LAURA  M.  EBRIGHT,  Secretary. 
MRS.  MARION  G.  LOY,  Secretary. 


119 


Library 

WILLIAM  E.  HOUGH,  III,  1970-; 
Head  Librarian. 

A.B.,  The  King's  College,  1955;  Th.M.,  Dal- 
las Theological  Seminary,  1959;  M.S.L.S., 
Columbia  University,  1965. 

MRS.  ELOISE  P.  BROWN,  1961-; 
Reference  Librarian. 
B.S.L.S.,  Simmons  College,  1946. 

MRS.  ALICE  S.  DIEHL,  1966-; 
Cataloging  Librarian. 

A.B.,  Smith  College,  1956;  B.S.,  Carnegie  In- 
stitute of  Technology,  1957;  M.L.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Pittsburgh,  1966. 

MISS  MYUNG  JA  KANG,  1970-; 
Assistant  Cataloging  Librarian. 
B.A.,    Sook    Myung    Women's     University, 
1962;  M.S.L.S.,  Villanova  University,  1969. 

MISS  MARIE  C.  BRANDT,  Secretary. 

MRS.  ROBERTA  J.  MOYER,  Secretary. 

Departmental  Secretaries 

MRS.  SARAH  E.  DETTRA,  Teacher  Placement. 

MISS  NANCI  A.  HORN,  Administration  Build- 
ing. 

MISS  SHARON  L.  KRICK,  Chapel. 

MRS.  BERNICE  K.  LILES,  Science  Hall. 

MRS.  ELIZABETH  C.  MICHIELSEN,  112  College 
Avenue. 

MRS.  PATRICIA  A.  PARKER,  Engle  Hall. 

MRS.  HEATHER  P.  ROSEN,  Science  Hall. 

MRS.    LOUISE   M.  ZELLERS,    Lynch    Memorial 
Building. 

STUDENT  AFFAIRS: 
Student  Personnel  Office 

GEORGE  R.  MARQUETTE,  1952-; 
Dean  of  Men,  1956—. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1948;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1951;  Ed.D.,  Temple 
University,  1967. 


MRS.  ESTHER  A.  KLINE,  Secretary, 
Dean  of  Men. 

MISS  MARTHA  C.  FAUST,  1957-; 
Dean  of  Women. 

A.B.,   Lebanon  Valley  College,  1937;  M.A., 
Syracuse  University,  1950. 

MRS.    DORIS    L.    FAKE,    Secretary,    Dean    of 
Women. 

MRS.  KATHRYN  E.  ROHLAND,  Head  Resident, 
Mary  Capp  Green  Hall. 

MRS.    ELIZABETH    C.    OTT,    Head    Resident, 
Vickroy  Hall. 

MRS.  VIOLET  K.  KREIDER,  Hostess,  Carnegie 
Lounge. 

MRS.    MARY    E.    RHINE,    Hostess,    Carnegie 
Lounge. 

MRS.    NORA    M.    TEAHL,    Hostess,    Carnegie 
Lounge. 


College  Center 

WALTER  L.  SMITH,  1961-1969;  1971-; 

College    Center    Director;    Coordinator    of 

Conferences. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1961;  M.S.  in 

Ed.,  Temple  University,  1967. 


Health  Services 

MRS.  MARGIE  M.  YEISER,  R.N.,  1967-; 
Head  Nurse. 

Harrisburg    Polyclinic    Hospital    School    of 
Nursing. 

MISS  DONNA  K.   BOWMAN,   R.N.,   Resident 
Nurse. 

MISS   BARBARA  A.   SHEMAS,    R.N.,   Resident 
Nurse. 


120 


Office  of  the  Chaplain 

JAMES  O.  BEMESDERFER,  1959-; 
College  Chaplain. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1936;  B.D., 
United  Theological  Seminary,  1939;  S.T.M., 
Lutheran  Theological  Seminary,  Phila.,  1945; 
S.T.D.,  Temple  University,  1951. 

MISS  SHARON  L.  KRICK,  Secretary. 

Office  of  Athletics 

WILLIAM  D.  McHENRY,  1961-; 
Director  of  Athletics. 

B.S.,  Washington  and  Lee  University,  1954; 
M.Ed.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960. 

MRS.  LOUISE  M.  ZELLERS,  Secretary. 

Coaching  Staff 

JOHN  S.  BECK,  1970-; 
Assistant  Football  Coach. 
B.S.,  Mansfield  State  College,  1963. 

D.  ROGER  CAECKLER,  1969-; 

Basketball  Coach;  Assistant  Lacrosse  Coach. 

MRS.  E.  ELIZABETH  GARMAN,  1964-; 
Women's  Basketball  Coach. 

GEORGE  N.  KOLARAC,  1968-; 
Assistant  Football  Coach. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

GEORGE  P.  MAYHOFFER,  1955-; 
y.  V.  Basketball  Coach;  Track  Coach;  Cross 
Country  Coach. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1950;  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1955. 

WILLIAM  D.  McHENRY,  1961—; 
Football  Coach;  Lacrosse  Coach. 

GERALD  J.  PETROFES,  1963-; 

Athletic  Trainer;  Wrestling  Coach;  Coll 
Coach. 

RONALD  A.  ROGERSON,  1968-; 
Assistant    Football   Coach;    Assistant   Track 
Coach;  Director  of  Intramurals. 

MRS.  JACQUELINE  S.  WALTERS,  1965-; 
Women's  Hockey  Coach. 


COLLEGE  RELATIONS  AREA: 
Development  Office 

ROBERT  M.  WONDERLING,  1967-; 
Director  of  Development. 
B.S.,    Clarion    State    College,    1953;    M.Ed., 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  1958. 

JOHN  R.  McFADDEN,  1969-; 

Assistant  Director  of  Development. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1968. 

MRS.  PATRICIA  A.  BINKLEY,  Secretary. 

MRS.  DORIS  J.  MAY,  Secretary. 

Public  Relations  Office 

RICHARD  V.  SHOWERS,  1965-; 
Director  of  Public  Relations. 
A.B.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1942. 

MRS.  ANN  K.  MONTEITH,  1966-; 
Director  of  Publications. 
A.B.,  Bucknell  University,  1965. 

LAWRENCE  F.  RIEDMAN,  1970-; 
Assistant  in  Public  Relations. 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1970. 

MRS.  CHRISTINE  F.  BROUGH,  Secretary. 

MISS  BARBARA  C.  RHINE,  Secretary. 

Alumni  Office 

DAVID  M.  LONG,  1966-; 

Director  of  Alumni  Relations  and  Industrial 

Placement. 

A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1959;  M.Ed., 

Temple  University,  1961. 

MRS.  P.  RODNEY  KREIDER,  1951—; 
Assistant  Director  of  Alumni  Relations, 
1966-. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1922. 

MRS.  HELEN  L.  MILLER,  Secretary. 


121 


BUSINESS  MANAGEMENT: 

Office  of  the  Controller 

ROBERT  C.  RILEY,  1951—; 

Controller,  1962-;  Vice  President,  1967-; 
B.S.    in    Ed.,    Shippensburg    State    College, 
1941;    M.S.,    Columbia    University,    1947; 
Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1962. 

IRWIN  R.  SCHAAK,  1957-; 
Assistant   Controller,  1964—;   Financial  Aid 
Officer,  1967-; 

ROBERT  C.  HARTMAN,  1969-; 
Accountant. 
B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1962. 

ROBERT  E.  HARNISH,  1967-; 
Manager  of  the  Book  Store. 
B.A.,  Randolph  Macon  College,  1966. 

MRS.  CLARA  P.  MILLER,  Staff  Assistant. 

MR.  CRAIG  A.  BORCES,  Mail  Room  Assistant. 

MRS.  DORIS  C.  FAKE,  Secretary,  Book  Store. 

MRS.  ANNA  M.  GUIDON,  Secretary,  Business 
Office. 

MRS.    LUCILLE    E.    HANNIGAN,    Switchboard 
Operator. 


MRS.  MARY  JANE  JACKSON,  Secretary,  Busi- 
ness Office. 

MRS.     DOROTHY     E.     LAFFERTY,     Secretary, 
Service  Room. 

MISS    JEAN    T.    ROTHENBERGER,    Secretary, 
Service  Room. 

MRS.  MARY  J.  THOMPSON,  Secretary,  Assis- 
tant Controller. 

MRS.  ETTA  K.  UNGER,  Secretary,  Mail  Room. 

MISS  KATHY  A.  YOUTZ,  IBM,  Service  Room. 


Buildings  and  Grounds 

SAMUEL  J.  ZEARFOSS,  1952-; 

Superintendent  of  Buildings  and  Grounds, 
1969- 


Food  Service 

GEORGE  F.  LANDIS,  Jr.,  1966-; 
Dining  Hall  Manager,  1970-. 

MRS.  VIOLA  L  LEONARD,  1966-; 
Manager  of  the  Snack  Bar,  1970- 


COMMITTEES  OF  THE  FACULTY -1970-1971 


Committee  on  Academic  Affairs 

Dean  Ehrhart,  Chairman 


Biology,  Dr.  Wolf 

Chemistry,  Dr.  Neidig 

Economics  &  Bus.  Ad.,  Dr.  Tom 

Education,  Dr.  Ebersole 

English,  Dr.  Ford 

Foreign  Languages,  Dr.  Piel 

Physical  Education,  Mr.  McHenry 

Students  — 


Mr.  Fairlamb 

Dr.  Love 

Dr.  Rhodes 

Dr.  Wethington 

Mrs.  O'Donnell,  Chairman 


Mr.  Herr 

Mr.  Cooper,  Chairman 

Mr.  Bell 

Mrs.  Levvin 

Dr.  Weast 


Dr.  Ford,  Chairman 
Dr.  Faber 
Mr.  Jamanis 
Mr.  Grace 
Mr.  Woods 


Sociology,  Dr.  Berson 
David  O.  Wilbur,  Elizabeth  A.  Robinson 

Committee  on  Faculty  Affairs 

Elected  by  the  Faculty 

Elected  by  the  Faculty 

Elected  by  the  Faculty 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 

Committee  on  Student  Affairs 

Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 

Committee  on  Public  Relations 

Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 


History  &  Pol.  Science,  Dr.  Geffen 
Mathematics,  Dr.  Mayer 
Music,  Mr.  Smith 
Philosophy,  Mr.  Thompson 
Physics,  Dr.  Rhodes 
Psychology,  Dr.  Davidon 
Religion,  Dr.  Wethington 


Administrative  Advisory  Committee 

Elected  by  the  Faculty 
Elected  by  the  Faculty 
Elected  by  the  Faculty 

Chairmen  of  the  other  four  committees 


"Dr.  Love,  Chairman 
*Dr.  Neidig 
"Dr.  Rhodes 


Dr.  Lockwood,  Chairman 
Dr.  Piel 
Mrs.  Herr 
Mr.  Grace 


Honors  Council 

Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 
Appointed  by  the  President 


Term  expires  1971 
Term  expires  1972 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1971 
Term  expires  1973 


Term  expires  1971 
Term  expires  1971 
Term  expires  1972 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1973 


Term  expires  1971 
Term  expires  1971 
Term  expires  1972 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1973 


Term  expires  1971 
Term  expires  1972 
Term  expires  1973 


Term  expires  1971 
Term  expires  1972 
Term  expires  1973 
Term  expires  1974 


*  Special  advisory  group  to  the  President  and  Dean  of  the  College. 


123 


THE   BOARD   OF  TRUSTEES  1970-1971 


OFFICERS: 


MEMBERS: 


President  Emeritus E.  N.  Funkhouser 

President Allan  W.  Mund 

First  Vice-President   Malcolm   Meyer 

Second  Vice-President Lawton  W.  Shroyer 

Secretary E.  D.  Williams,  Jr. 

Treasurer Samuel   K.  Wengert 


"JEFFERSON  C.  BARNHART  (1972) 
A.B.,  LL.B. 

Partner  — McNees,  Wallace,  and  Nurick 
Harrisburg,   Pennsylvania. 

*SAMUELC.  BOYER  (1971) 
Owner  &  Operator 
Boyer's  Jewelry  Store 
Carlisle,  Pennsylvania 

"WILLIAM  D.  BRYSON  (1972) 
LLD. 

Retired  Executive-Walter  W.  Moyer  Co. 
Ephrata,  Pennsylvania 

*WOODROW  S.  DELLINCER  (1972) 
B.S.,  M.D. 

General  Practitioner 
Red  Lion,  Pennsylvania 

*PAUL  C.  EHRHART  (1972) 
A.B.,  M.A. 

Retired   Guidance   Director 
Penn  Manor  High  School 
Millersville,  Pennsylvania 

tDeWITT  M.  ESSICK  (1972) 
A.B.,  M.S. 
Manager,  Management  Development  & 

Personnel  Services 
Armstrong  Cork  Co.,  General  Offices 
Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 


*  Elected   by   Church   Conference 
**  Trustee-at-Large 
t  Alumni  Trustee-at-Large 
t  Faculty  Trustee-at-Large 


tALEX  J.  FEHR  (1971) 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

Lebanon  Valey  College 

Annville,  Pennsylvania 
*MRS.  D.  DWIGHT  (KATHRYN  MOWREY) 

GROVE  (1971) 

A.B. 

Housewife 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
*J.  PAUL  GRUVER  (1972) 

A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 

Pastor—  United  Methodist  Church 

Dayton,  Virginia 
*THOMAS  W.  GUINIVAN   (1973) 

A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 

Pastor—  First  United  Methodist  Church 

Hershey,  Pennsylvania 
**JOHN  RICHARDS  HARPER  (1972) 

Vice  President-Purdee  Company 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
*CALVIN  B.  HAVERSTOCK,  JR.  (1971) 

A.B.,  B.D. 

Pastor— First  United  Methodist  Church 

York,  Pennsylvania 
*CARL  W.  HISER  (1971) 

A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 

Retired  Pastor 

United  Methodist  Church 

Tampa,  Florida 
*PAUL  E.  HORN  (1973) 

A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 

Program  Director 

Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 

United  Methodist  Church 

Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania 


124 


♦MARK  J.  HOSTETTER  (1973) 

A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D. 

Superintendent-Lancaster  District 

Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 

United  Methodist  Church 

Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 
*J.  GORDON  HOWARD  (1972) 

A.B.,  B.D.,  M.A.,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  Litt.D. 

Resident  Bishop 

Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 

United  Methodist  Church 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

**HERMANN  W.  KAEBNICK  (1972) 

A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D.,  L.H.D. 

Resident  Bishop 

Central   Pennsylvania  Conference 

United  Methodist  Church 

Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania 
*GERALD  D.  KAUFFMAN  (1973) 

A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 

Pastor  — Grace  United  Methodist  Church 

Carlisle,  Pennsylvania 
♦LESTER  M.  KAUFFMAN  (1972) 

A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D. 

Retired  Pastor 

United  Methodist  Church 

Shippensburg,  Pennsylvania 
*CLAIR  C.  KREIDLER  (1972) 

A.B.,  D.D. 

Superintendent  —  York  District 

Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 

United  Methodist  Church 

York,  Pennsylvania 
tJAMES  H.  LEATHEM  (1971) 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Sc.D. 

Professor  of  Zoology  &  Director  of 
the  Bureau  of  Biological  Research 

Rutgers,  The  State  University 

New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey 

tKARL  L.  LOCKWOOD  (1973) 
B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Chemistry 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

*  Elected  by  Church  Conference 
**  Trustee-at-Large 
t  Alumni  Trustee-at-Large 
t  Faculty  Trustee-at-Large 


♦ROBERT  W.  LUTZ  (1973) 
A.B. 

Retired  Executive 

Blumenthal-Kahn  Electric  Company 
Owings  Mills,  Maryland 

♦THOMAS  S.  MAY  (1972) 
B.S.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Pastor 

Elizabethtown  United  Methodist  Church 
Elizabethtown,  Pennsylvania 

♦WARREN  F.  MENTZER  (1973) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 

Superintendent— Lebanon,  Reading  District 
Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Mt.  Gretna,  Pennsylvania 

♦♦MALCOLM  MEYER  (1972) 
B.S. 

President  —  Certain-Teed    Products   Corp. 
Ardmore,  Pennsylvania 

♦♦ALLAN  W.  MUND  (1972) 
LL.D. 

Retired  Chairman,  Board  of  Directors 
Ellicott  Machine  Corporation 
Baltimore,  Maryland 

JHOWARD  A.  NEIDIG  (1973) 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 
Chairman  of  Department  of  Chemistry; 

Professor  of  Chemistry 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

♦♦RAYMOND  M.  OBERHOLTZER  (1971) 
B.C.S. 

Retired  —  United  States  Government 
Washington,  D.C. 

♦HAROLD  S.  PEIFFER  (1971) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D. 
Pastor 

Convenant  United  Methodist  Church 
Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 

♦HAROLD  H.  QUICKEL  (1971) 
A.B. 

Purchasing  Agent-Hamilton  Watch  Co. 
Lancaster,  Pennsylvania 


125 


*EZRA  H.   RANCK  (1973) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Director  of  Education  and 

Coordinator  of  Adult  Ministries 
Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

**ROBERT  H.  REESE  (1972) 
Retired  President 
H.  B.  Reese  Candy  Co.,  Inc. 
Hershey,  Pennsylvania 

IJACOB  L.  RHODES  (1972) 
B.S.,  Ph.D. 
Chairman  of  Department  of  Physics; 

Professor  of  Physics 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

*MELVIN  S.  RIFE  (1971) 
Treasurer  —  Schmidt  &  Ault  Paper  Co. 
Division,  St.  Regis  Paper  Co. 
York,  Pennsylvania 

*RALPH  M.  RITTER  (1973) 
Treasurer— Ritter  Bros.,  Inc. 
Harrisburg,   Pennsylvania 

tF.  AI.LEN  RUTHERFORD,  JR.  (1972) 
B.S.,  C.P.A. 
Arthur  Young 
Richmond,  Virginia 

FREDERICK  P.  SAMPLE 
B.A.,  M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  Pd.D. 
President  of  the  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

*H.  JACK  SELTZER  (1972) 
President 

Seltzer's  Lebanon  Bologna  Co.,  Inc. 
Palmyra,  Pennsylvania 

*DANIEL  L.  SHEARER  (1971) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D. 
Superintendent— New  Cumberland  District 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
New  Cumberland,  Pennsylvania 


*  Elected  by  Church  Conference 
**  Trustee-at-Large 
t  Alumni  Trustee-at-Large 
t  Faculty  Trustee-at-Large 


*LAWTON  W.  SHROYER  (1972) 
President  —  Shamokin  Dress  Co.  & 

Shroyer's  Inc. 
Shamokin,  Pennsylvania 

*PAUL  J.  SLONAKER  (1972) 
B.S.,  B.D. 
Pastor 

Memorial  United  Methodist  Church 
Charles  City,  Virginia 

"HORACE  E.  SMITH  (1971) 
A.B.,  LL.B. 
Attorney  at  Law 
York,  Pennsylvania 

♦ARTHUR  W.  STAMBACH  (1972) 
B.A.,  B.D.,  D.D. 
Associate  Program  Director 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 
United  Methodist  Church 
Camp  Hill,  Pennsylvania 

*PAUL  E.  STAMBACH  (1971) 
A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  Ph.D. 
Pastor 

Otterbein  United  Methodist  Church 
Mount  Wolf,  Pennsylvania 

tE.  PETER  STRICKLER  (1971) 
B.S. 

Strickler  Insurance  Agency 
Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 

tC.  F.  JOSEPH  TOM  (1971) 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Chairman  of  Department  of  Economics  & 
Business  Administration;  Professor  of 
Economics  &  Business  Administration 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

**WOODROW  W.  WALTEMYER  (1972) 

tELIZABETH  K.  WEISBURGER  (1973) 
B.S.,  Ph.D. 

Scientist  Director— Biology  Branch 
National  Cancer  Institute 
Bethesda,  Maryland 

**SAMUEL  K.  WENGERT  (1972) 
B.S. 

President  — Wengert's  Dairy 
Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 


126 


**E.  D.  WILLIAMS,  JR.  (1972) 
Annville,  Pennsylvania 

**JOHN   L.  WORRILOW  (1972) 
B.A. 

Secretary  —  Lebanon  Steel  Foundry 
Lebanon,  Pennsylvania 

**RICHARD  P.  ZIMMERMAN  (1972) 
Chairman  of  the  Board 
National  Valley  Bank  &  Trust  Co. 
Chambersburg,  Pennsylvania 

HONORARY  TRUSTEES 

MRS.  BERTHA  BROSSMAN  BLAIR 
President— Denver  and  Ephrata 

Telephone  Company 
Ephrata,  Pennsylvania 

PARKE  H.   LUTZ 

Retired  Vice-president 
Holt,  Rinehart  &  Winston,  Inc. 
Member  — State  Board  of  Education 
Denver,  Pennsylvania 

TRUSTEES  EMERITUS 

E.  N.  FUNKHOUSER 
A.B.,  LL.D. 
Retired  President 
Funkhouser  Corporation 
Hagerstown,  Maryland 
Member,  Board  of  Directors 
Ruberoid  Corporation 
Baltimore,  Maryland 

ALBERT  WATSON 
LL.D. 

Retired  President 
Bowman  &  Company 
Carlisle,  Pennsylvania 

COMMITTEES  OF  THE  BOARD 

Executive  Committee: 

Frederick  P.  Sample,  Chairman;  Paul  E.  Horn, 
Vice  Chairman;  Mark  J.  Hostetter,  Secretary; 
DeWitt  M.  Essick;  Calvin  B.  Haverstock,  Jr.; 
Thomas  S.  May;  Warren  F.  Mentzer;  Malcolm 
Meyer;  Allan  W.  Mund;  Jacob  L.  Rhodes; 
Lawton  W.  Shroyer;  Samuel  K.  Wengert. 


Finance  Committee: 

Lawton  W.  Shroyer  (1972),  Chairman;  Allan 
W.  Mund,  Vice  Chairman;  Samuel  K.  Wengert, 
Treasurer;  E.  D.  Williams,  Jr.,  (1971)  Secretary; 
Frederick  P.  Sample;  Raymond  M.  Oberholtzer 
(1971);  Horace  E.  Smith  (1971);  R.  P.  Zimmer- 
man (1971);  Hermann  W.  Kaebnick  (1972); 
Robert  H.  Reese  (1972);  William  D.  Bryson 
(1973);  Malcolm  Meyer  (1973);  Melvin  S.  Rife 
(1973);  Ralph  M.  Ritter  (1973);  E.  Peter  Stick- 
ler (1973);  Parke  H.  Lutz  (Honorary). 

Faculty  Administrative  Committee: 

Jefferson  C.  Barnhart,  Chairman;  DeWitt  M. 
Essick;  Paul  E.  Horn;  Warren  F.  Mentzer; 
Allan  W.  Mund;  Howard  A.  Neidig;  Harold 
H.  Quickel;  Frederick  P.  Sample;  Elizabeth  K. 
Weisburger. 

Auditing  Committee: 

William  D.  Bryson,  Chairman;  Woodrow  S. 
Dellinger;  H.  Jack  Seltzer. 

Building  &  Grounds  Committee: 

Melvin  S.  Rife,  Chairman;  James  H.  Leathern; 
Karl  L.  Lockwood;  Harold  S.  Peiffer;  Frederick 
P.  Sample;  Samuel  K.  Wengert;  E.  D.  Wil- 
liams, Jr. 

Nominating  Committee: 

Allan  W.  Mund,  Chairman;  William  D.  Bryson; 
Paul  C.  Ehrhart;  Alex  J.  Fehr;  F.  Allen  Ruther- 
ford; Daniel  L.  Shearer. 

Committee  on  Church  Support: 

Paul  C.  Ehrhart,  Chairman;  Samuel  C.  Boyer, 
Mrs.  D.  Dwight  Grove;  Thomas  W.  Cuinivan; 
John  R.  Harper;  Paul  E.  Horn;  Warren  F. 
Mentzer;  Daniel  L.  Shearer;  Lawton  W. 
Shroyer;  Arthur  W.  Stambach;  C.  F.  Joseph 
Tom. 

Committee  for  Chapel  Policy  and 
Program: 

Gerald  D.  Kauffman,  Chairman;  Pierce  A. 
Getz;  Thomas  W.  Guinivan;  George  R.  Mar- 
quette; Paul  E.  Stambach;  L.  Elbert  Wething- 
ton;  Allan  F.  Wolfe;  John  H.  Lynch,  Jr.  (stu- 
dent); David  C.  Shellenberger  (student);  Jane 
C.  Snyder  (student). 


127 


GENERAL  ALUMNI  ORGANIZATION 

Board  of  Governors  of  the  Lebanon  Valley 
College  Alumni  Association  —  1970-1972 

OFFICERS 

President 

Harry  L.  Bricker,  Jr.  Esq.  '50 

407  N.  Front  St.,  Harrisburg,  Pa.  17110 

Vice  President 

Thomas  C.  Reinhart  '58 

41  E.  Court  Boulevard 

West  Lawn,  Reading,  Penna.  19609 

Executive  Secretary 
David  M.  Long  '59 
Box  97,  Mt.  Gretna,  Penna.  17064 

ELECTED  MEMBERS  TO  THE  BOARD 
OF  GOVERNORS 

David  J.  Farling  '56 

420  Strafford  Ave.,  Wayne,  Pa.  19087 

Lt.  Col.  John  I.  Grosnick  '53 

335  W.  Maple  Ave.,  Hershey,  Pa.  17033 

Peter  P.  McEvoy  '58 

Tall  Pines  Inn,  Sewell,  N.J.  08080 

(Miss)  Evelyn  Toser  '52 

1700  N.  3rd  St.,  Harrisburg,  Pa.  17102 


ALUMNI  TRUSTEES 

DeWitt  M.  Essick  '34 

43  Wabank  Rd.,  Millersville,  Pa.  17551 

James  H.  Leathern  '32 

610  S.  1st  Ave.,  Highland  Park,  N.J.  08904 

F.  Allen  Rutherford,  Jr.  '37 

8958  Tarrytown  Rd.,  Richmond,  Va.  23229 

E.  Peter  Strickler  '47 

201  Hathaway  Pk.,  Lebanon,  Penna.  17042 

Dr.  Elizabeth  K.  Weisburger  '44 

(Mrs.  John  H.) 
5309  McKinley  St.,  Bethesda,  Md.  20014 

PAST  PRESIDENT 

Curvin  N.  Dellinger  '38 

Box  676,  Lebanon,  Penna.  17042 

REGIONAL  ALUMNI  CLUBS 
ANTHRACITE  AREA 

President 

Dale  C.  Schimpf  '69 

606  Center  St.,  Ashland,  Penna.  17921 


128 


BALTIMORE  AREA 

President 

R.  Frederick  Crider,  Jr.  '63 

4844  Reisterstown  Rd.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21215 

BERKS  COUNTY 

President 

Robert  A.  Gustin  '53 

1551   Dauphin  Ave.,  Wyo missing,  Penna. 
19610 

DELAWARE  VALLEY  AREA 

President 

John  W.  Metka  '60 

868  Beechwood  Rd.,  Havertown,  Penna. 
19083 

DERRY  AREA 

President 

Kenneth  A.  Longenecker  '60 

125  N.  Grant  St.,  Palmyra,  Penna.  17078 

HARRISBURG  AREA 

President 

Robert  R.  Shope  '63 

1701  Walnut  St.,  Camp  Hill,  Penna.  17011 

LANCASTER  COUNTY 

President 

Larry  L.  Ziegler  '57 

123  N.  Clay  St.,  Manheim,  Penna.  18104 

LEBANON  AREA 

President 

Ronald  E.  Drum  '58 

416  Larkspur  Lane,  Lebanon,  Penna.  17042 

LEHIGH  VALLEY  AREA 

Chairman 

Clarence  C.  Aungst  '38 

3004  Gordon  St.,  Allentown,  Penna.  18104 

NATIONAL  CAPITAL  AREA 

President 

R.  Francis  Eigenbrode  '50 

5211  Boydell  Ave.,  Oxon  Hill,  Md.  20021 


NORTH  JERSEY  AREA 

President 

Stanley  J.  Kaczorowski  '61 
2059  Algonquin  Dr.,  Scotch  Plains,  N.J. 
07076 

YANKEE  CLUB 

President 

Richard  W.  Moller  '49 

19  Kimball  Ave.,  Wenham,  Mass.  01984 

YORK  COUNTY 

President 

Donald  L.  Harper  '60 

105  E.  Main  St.,  Dallastown,  Penna.  17313 


129 


DEGREES  CONFERRED 

DEGREES  CONFERRED  JANUARY  22,  1970 


Reginald  Christopher  Austin,  English 
Valerie  Fine  Brown,  English 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 

Deborah  Ann  Sherman  Groff,  Foreign  Languages 
James  Arthur  Grube,  History 
David  Lee  Stottlemyer,  English 


Charles  R.  Bell,  III,  Biology 
James  Tilden  Frantz,  Jr.,  Chemistry 
Eileen  Fay  Houck,  Music  Education 
James  Wilmer  Meade,  III,  Biology 
Carl  Edward  Miller,  Economics  and 
Business  Administration 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 

George  Lyle  Morse,  Biology 
Mary  Patricia  Horn  Nelson,  Music  Education 
Gloria  Jean  Roush,  Music  Education 
Glenn  Alan  Steiner,  Biology 
Stanley  A.  Steiner,  Economics  and  Business 
Administration 
Keeta  Kay  Wolfe,  Biology 


GRADUATION  HONORS 

MAGNA  CUM  LAUDE 
Mary  Patricia  Horn  Nelson 

CUM  LAUDE 
Deborah  Ann  Sherman  Groff 


Deborah  Ann  Sherman  Groff 


Elected  to  Membership 

PHI  ALPHA  EPSILON 

Honorary  Scholarship  Society 

Mary  Patricia  Horn  Nelson 


130 


DEGREES  CONFERRED  MAY  31,  1970 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 


Robert  Joseph  Adams,  Sociology 

Marilynn  Eileen  Ade,  Spanish 

Leona  Quilaman  Annaguey,  Psychology 

John  William  Barkow,  History 

John  Muma  Beardsley,  Political  Science 

Pangiotis  Bobotas,  Political  Science 

Judith  Blasingame  Bowman,  English 

Larry  Alan  Bowman,  Political  Science 

Carol  Lynn  Brienzo,  English 

William  Chester  Bucher,  Political  Science 

Barry  Wallace  Burdick,  Psychology 

Jerry  Lee  Burns,  English 

Michael  Robert  Burns,  Political  Science 

Patrick  Syl  Caulker,  History 

David  Chalmers  Clemens,  History 

John  Jacob  Corson,  Mathematics 

Anthony  Martin  DeMarco,  Jr.,  Psychology 

Henry  Donald  Dinger,  Psychology 

Vesta  Boger  Fisher,  German 

Sara  Suter  Foltz,  Mathematics 

Elizabeth  Stachow  Garner,  Foreign  Language 

Mary  Ann  Gilpatrick,  English 

George  Stewart  Glen,  Political  Science 

Robert  Charles  Greiner,  Mathematics 

Linda  Marie  Gunderson,  French 

Margie  Lee  Hardenstine,  Mathematics 

Roberta  Louise  Harro,  English 

Kathleen  Unangst  Helt,  Psychology 

Lloyd  Raymond  Helt,  Jr.,  Political  Science 

Barry  Thomas  Henry,  Philosophy 

John  Francis  Hockley,  Political  Science 

Rolanda  Mae  Hofmann,  Foreign  Language 

Thomas  Gary  Hostetter,  French 

Robert  Grover  Hunter,  Jr.,  English 


John  Joseph,  III,  Political  Science 

Barbara  Lucille  James,  Sociology 

Connie  Loretta  Jones,  Biology 

Eileen  Jeannette  Koch,  Music 

Frank  Anthony  Kuhn,  Jr.,  Sociology 

Ronald  Eugene  Landis,  Political  Science 

Donna  Lee  Lapp,  Psychology 

J.  Peter  Lewin,  Political  Science 

Terry  Lynn  Light,  Psychology 

Craig  William  Linebaugh,  English 

Michael  Anthony  Magazino,  Psychology 

Michael  Burke  Mallon,  Political  Science 

William  Wesley  Moyer,  Psychology 

David  Michael  Murphy,  Political  Science 

Gregory  Charles  Myers,  Religion 

John  Samuel  Nornhold,  History 

Sharon  Ann  O'Brien,  English 

John  Calvin  Penney,  Jr.,  Political  Science 

Ruth  Ann  Peterson,  Spanish 

Glenn  Alan  Phelps,  Political  Science 

Philip  Michael  Reidy,  English 

Leroy  Fitzgerald  Reist,  II,  Psychology 

Maureen  Ellen  Rice,  English 

Joel  Samuel  Riedel,  Mathematics 

Lawrence  Francis  Riedman,  English 

James  Melvin  Rife,  Psychology 

Daniel  Salerno,  Jr.,  English 

Eugene  Kenneth  Shaffer,  Sociology 

Paula  Christine  Stock,  English 

Vivian   Eileen  Strickler,  English 

Natalie  Arnold  Wagner,  Psychology 

Susan  Marie  Willman,  English 

Daniel  Jay  Womer,  History 

George  Edwin  Zeiders,  Jr.,  Sociology 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Bruce  Allen  Albert,  Biology 
Edith  Bonita  Baker,  Music  Education 
Dorothy  Ann  Bassett,  Elementary  Education 
Carol  Lynn  Benninger,  Elementary  Education 
Zenon  N.  Berehulak,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
James  Richard  Biery,  Biology 
John  William  Bitner,  II,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Donald  Clair  Carter,  Music  Education 
Susan  Jane  Casagrand,  Music  Education 
Marsha  Ann  Church,  Elementary  Education 
Victor  Kline  Coble,  Music  Education 
James  Lee  Cooper,  Physics 


William  Russel  Coupe,  Jr.,  Biology 

Joseph  James  Cranston,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Frederic  Harold  Crowther,  Biology 
Charles  Joseph  DeBoeser,  Jr.,  Music  Education 
David  Arthur  Diehl,  Physics 
Lutrell  Helen  Dorr,  Elementary  Education 
John  Dottolo,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Thomas  William  Flud,  Music  Education 
James  Blaze  Fraytic,  Biology 
Robert  Eugene  Frey,  Jr.,  Music  Education 
Sandra  Lee  George,  Music  Education 
Carole  Jean  Green,  Music  Education 


131 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Richard  Ellis  Grimm,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Kathleen  Joan  Hickerson,  Biology 
Carol  Ann  Hoeflich,  Elementary  Education 
Nancy  Jean  Hollinger,  Music  Education 
Julia  Marie  Hummer,  Biology 
James  Robert  Hunsicker,  Jr.,  Music  Education 
Jeffrey  Paul  litis,  Biology 
Carol  Ann  Irwin,  Elementary  Education 
Holly  Ann  Johnson,  Elementary  Education 
William  Edward  Kline,  Biology 
Robin  Allan  Kornmeyer,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
William  Thomas  MacNew,  Jr.,  Biology 
Barbara  Jane  McCann,  Music  Education 
Catherine  Pauline  Merkel,  Elementary  Education 
Dorothy  Bown  Merrill,  Elementary  Education 
Joseph  Michael  Meyers,  Biology 
Barbara  Jean  Miller,  Elementary  Education 
Ernest  Henry  Miltner,  III,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Lawrence  Scott  Morrison,  Biology 
David  Eugene  Myers,  Music  Education 
Katherine  Mariana  Neijstrom,  Economics  and 

Business  Administration 

Joseph  Curtis  Zimmerman, 


Anthony  Terence  Nitka,  Economics   and  Business 

Administration 
Elaine  Veronica  Peters,  Elementary  Education 
Ruth  Ann  Pfeil,  Elementary  Education 
Margaret  Ann  Rasmussen,  Music  Education 
Patrick  Michael  Reb,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Gregory  Everett  Scott,  Biology 
Robert  Calhoun  Sherman,  Music  Education 
Eric  Hale  Shipley,  Actuarial  Science 
Susan  Jean  Shue,  Biology 
Janice  Jean  Shuster,  Biology 
Charles  Michael  Smith,  Elementary  Education 
Richard  Michael  Snell,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Susan  Kay  Stambach,  Elementary  Education 
Nancy  Ann  Swenson,  Biology 
Gergory  Monroe  Thomas,  Biology 
Michael  Paul  Waltz,  Biology 
Bruce  Trimmer  Welsh,  Biology 
Patricia  Susan  Werrell,  Music  Education 
Thomas  Eugene  Whittle,  Physics 
William  Walter  Wilks,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
Jo  Ann  Yeagley,  Elementary  Education 
Elementary  Education 


Morris  Shepard  Cupp 
Barry  Bernard  Dobinsky 
Jensen  Humpston  Groff,  Jr. 
Robert  Charles  Helt 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CHEMISTRY 

Ronald  Wright  Miller 
Henry  Dale  Schreiber 
John  Edward  Schreiber 
Susan  Jeanne  Shedenhelm 


Dale  Ann  Carpenter 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Lucille  Anne  Koch  Shearer 
Susan  Jean  Stark 


Kathleen  Ann  Bryniarski 
Judy  Lee  Creeger 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  NURSING 

Helen  Louise  Hawryluk 
Susan  Jones  Sink 


Carol  Ann  Irwin 
Henry  Dale  Schreiber 

Rolanda  Mae  Hofmann 
Thomas  Gary  Hostetter 


GRADUATION   HONORS 

SUMMA  CUM  LAUDE 

Nancy  Ann  Swenson 
Natalie  Arnold  Wagner 

MAGNA  CUM  LAUDE 

Barbara  Jean  Miller 
Lucille  Anne  Koch  Shearer 
Daniel  Jay  Womer 


132 


CUM  LAUDE 
Mary  Ann  Gilpatrick  David  Eugene  Myers 

Eileen  Jeannette  Koch  Elaine  Veronica  Peters 

Craig  William   Linebaugh  Glenn  Alan  Phelps 

Dorothy  Bown  Merrill  Patricia  Susan  Werrell 

Elected  to  Membership 
PHI  ALPHA  EPSILON 
Honorary  Scholarship  Society 
Mary  Ann  Gilpatrick  David  Eugene  Myers 

Rolanda  Mae  Hofmann  Elaine  Veronica  Peters 

Thomas  Gary  Hostetter  Glenn  Alan  Phelps 

Carol  Ann  Irwin  Henry  Dale  Schreiber 

Eileen  Jeannette  Koch  Lucille  Ann  Koch  Shearer 

Craig  William  Linebaugh  Nancy  Ann  Swenson 

Dorothy  Bown  Merrill  Natalie  Arnold  Wagner 

Barbara  Jean  Miller  Patricia  Susan  Werrell 

Daniel  Jay  Womer 

COLLEGE  HONORS 
Thomas  Gary  Hostetter  Patricia  Susan  Werrell 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Henry  Dale  Schreiber In    Chemistry 

John  William  Bitner,  Jr In   Economics 

Thomas  Gary  Hostetter In    French 

Patricia  Susan  Werrell  In   Music 

William  Wesley  Moyer In  Psychology 

Natalie  Arnold  Wagner In  Psychology 

HONORARY  DEGREES 
Conferred  May  31,  1970 

Grantas  E.  Hoopert Doctor  of  Divinity 

Richard  D.  Magee   Doctor  of  Pedagogy 

Harry  K.  Miller,  Jr Doctor  of  Pedagogy 

Chauncey  J.  Varner Doctor  of  Divinity 

DEGREES  CONFERRED  AUGUST  7, 1970 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 

Jan  William  Edwards,  Sociology  Nancie  Jane  Hummel,  Sociology 

John  James  Gallo,  English  Carol  Jean  May,  Psychology 

Beverly  Ann  Houser,  English  Nancy  Louise  Thayer,  Phychology 

Paul  Leroy  Werner,  Sociology 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 
Malcolm  Brian  Ahrens,  Biology  Michael  Saltzburg,  Economics  and  Business 

Robert  Andrews,  Chemistry  Administration 

John  Henry  Blauch,  Music  Education  Thomas  Michael  Svirsko,  Elementary  Education 

Ronald  Gregory  Books,  Music  Education  Winifred  Sara  Weaver,  Music  Education 

Carol  Jane  Peters,  Elementary  Education  Dean  Raymond  Witt,  Chemistry 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CHEMISTRY 
Neal  Sener 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  NURSING 
Judith  Allyn  Hunter  Gloria  Foltz  Steinruck 

133 


STUDENT  AWARDS,  1970 

SENIOR  AWARDS 

PHI  BETA  KAPPA  PRIZE - 

Natalie  Arnold  Wagner,  Hershey 

Established  in  1968  by  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa  Faculty  Group  of  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Awarded  to  a  senior 

who  best  measures  up  to  the  standards  of  scholarship  and  character  set  by  the  National  Society. 

BAISH  MEMORIAL  HISTORY  AWARD  - 
Daniel  Jay  Womer,  Lebanon 

Established  in  1947  in  memory  of  Henry  H.  Baish  by  his  wife  and  daughter,  Margaret.  Awarded  to  a 
member  of  the  senior  class  majoring  in  history;  selected  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Department  of  History 
and  Political  Science  on  the  basis  of  merit. 

ANDREW  BENDER  MEMORIAL  CHEMISTRY  AWARD  - 
Henry  Dale  Schreiber,  Lebanon 
Established  in  1952  by  the  Chemistry  Club  of  the  College  and  alumni.  Awarded  to  an  outstanding  senior 

majoring  in  chemistry. 

THE  SALOME  WINGATE  SANDERS  AWARD  IN  MUSIC  EDUCATION  - 
Mary  Patricia  Horn  Nelson,  York 

Established  in  1957  by  Robert  Bray  Wingate,  Class  of  1948,  in  honor  of  his  grandmother,  Salome  Wingate 
Sanders.  Given  annually  to  the  senior  who  exemplifies  excellent  character,  potential  usefulness,  high 
academic  standing,  and  who  evidences  loyalty  to  his  Alma  Mater. 

THE  DAVID  E.  LONG  MEMORIAL  MINISTERIAL  AWARD  - 
George  Edwin  Zeiders,  Jr.,  Annville 

Established  in  1956  by  the  Reverend  Abraham  M.  Long,  Class  of  1917,  in  memory  of  his  father,  the 
Reverend  David  E.  Long,  Class  of  1900.  This  award  is  given  annually  to  a  student  preparing  for  the  ministry, 
selected  by  the  members  of  the  Department  of  Religion  on  the  basis  of  merit. 

PI  GAMMA  MU  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD - 
Glenn  Alan  Phelps,  Ellicott  City,  Md. 

Authorized  by  Pi  Gamma  Mu,  Incorporated,  the  National  Social  Science  Honor  Society,  and  established  at 
Lebanon  Valley  College  in  1948  by  the  Pennsylvania  Nu  Chapter  of  the  Society  for  the  promotion  of 
scholarship  in  the  Social  Sciences.  Granted  upon  graduation  to  a  senior  member  of  Pennsylvania  Nu 
Chapter,  selected  by  the  Chapter's  Executive  Committee,  for  outstanding  scholarship  in  economics, 
government,  history,  or  sociology,  and  high  proficiency  or  other  distinction  attained  in  pursuit  of  same 
during  his  or  her  years  at  the  College. 

134 


THE  PENNSYLVANIA  INSTITUTE  OF  CERTIFIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS  AWARD - 
John  William  Bitner,  Jr.,  Jersey  Shore 
Awarded  to  a  senior  on  the  basis  of  accounting  grades  and  qualities  of  leadership  on  campus. 

ACHIEVEMENT  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  IN  ECONOMICS  AND  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  - 
John  William  Bitner,  Jr.,  Jersey  Shore 

Awarded  to  a  student  majoring  in  economics  and  business  administration  for  outstanding  scholarship  in 
economics  and  business  administration  and  for  good  campus  citizenship.  Established  in  1965  by  the 
People's  National  Bank  of  Lebanon. 

THE  WALLACE-LIGHT-WINGATE  AWARD  IN  LIBERAL  ARTS - 
Natalie  Arnold  Wagner,  Hershey 

Established  in  1967  by  Robert  Bray  Wingate,  Class  of  1948,  in  honor  of  Dr.  P.  A.  W.  Wallace  and  Dr.  V.  Earl 
Light.  Given  annually  to  the  senior  student  who  best  exemplifies  the  aims  of  liberal  arts  education,  namely, 
a  broad  interest  and  training  in  both  the  arts  and  sciences. 

THE  HARRISBURG  CHAPTER  OF  THE  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  ACCOUNTANTS  AWARD  - 
John  William  Bitner,  Jr.,  Jersey  Shore 

Granted  to  the  student  demonstrating  outstanding  achievement  in  the  introductory  accounting  course. 
The  award  consists  of  a  student  subscription  to  NAA  Bulletin  and  Research  Reports  of  the  NAA. 

SOUTHEASTERN  PENNSYLVANIA  SECTION,  AMERICAN  CHEMICAL  SOCIETY  AWARD  - 
Henry  Dale  Schreiber,  Lebanon 

Presented  to  the  outstanding  senior  chemistry  major  in  each  of  the  colleges  in  the  area  based  on  demon- 
strated proficiency  in  chemistry.  The  award  consists  of  a  book  entitled  A  German-English  Dictionary  for 
Chemists.. 

THE  M.  CLAUDE  ROSENBERRY  MEMORIAL  AWARD - 
Nancy  Jean  Hollinger,  Lancaster 

Given  to  an  outstanding  senior  in  music  education  who  is  entering  the  teaching  field  in  the  Common- 
wealth of  Pennsylvania,  and  who  has  demonstrated  unusual  ability  and  promise  as  a  potential  teacher. 

B'NAI  B'RITH  AMERICANISM  AWARD - 
James  Arthur  Crube,  Summit,  N.J. 

Awarded  to  a  member  of  the  graduating  class  who  throughout  the  year  by  his  actions  best  exemplified  the 
philosophies  of  our  American  Democracy  —  those  precepts  of  tolerance  — brotherhood,  citizenship,  respect 
for  his  fellow  students  regardless  of  race,  color  or  creed;  one  who  abhors  prejudice  and  discrimination  and 
who  by  his  very  actions  has  earned  the  respect  and  admiration  of  his  fellow  students  by  putting  into 
practice  the  very  tenets  taught  to  all  of  us  in  our  institutions  of  learning  for  the  sole  purpose  of  making 
this,  our  country,  a  better  land  in  which  to  live. 

GOVERNOR  JAMES  H.  DUFF  AWARD - 
William  Hartley  Allen,  Flourtown 

Established  in  1960  by  Governor  James  H.  Duff  (Pennsylvania)  to  promote  interest  in  state  government. 
Awarded  annually  to  a  senior  who  by  participation  in  campus  government  or  in  debating  demonstrates  a 
facility  and  interest  in  government  service. 

THE  SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  HONOR  CERTIFICATE  AWARD  - 
Mary  Patricia  Horn  Nelson,  York 

Awarded  to  the  senior  music  major  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  over  her  four  years  of  study.  The 
award  consists  of  an  honor  certificate. 

135 


OUTSTANDING  SENIOR  OF  DELTA  ALPHA  CHAPTER,  SAI  - 
Patricia  Susan  Werrell,  Madison,  N.J. 

Awarded  by  the  Philadelphia  Alumnae  Chapter  of  Sigma  Alpha  lota  to  the  girl  selected  by  her  sister 
members  as  the  outstanding  senior  of  Delta  Alpha  Chapter.  The  award  consists  of  a  life  subscription  to 
Pan  Pipes,  the  fraternity  magazine. 

THE  CHUCK  MASTON  AWARD-* 
Eugene  Kenneth  Shaffer,  Lebanon 

Established  in  1952  by  the  Knights  of  the  Valley.  This  award  is  made  annually  to  a  male  member  of  a 
varsity  team  who  has  displayed  the  exceptional  qualities  of  sportsmanship,  leadership,  cooperation,  and 
spirit. 

THE  JOHN  F.  ZOLA  ATHLETIC  AWARD-* 
George  Lyle  Morse,  North  Beach,  Md. 

Established  in  1962  by  the  L  V  Varisity  Club.  To  be  awarded  to  the  football  player  showing  qualities  of 
desire,  attitude,  sportsmanship,  and  initiative  — the  qualities  that  John  displayed.  This  award  is  open  to 
members  of  all  classes  and  the  winner  is  elected  by  the  members  of  the  football  team. 

CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION  CLUB  AWARD - 
Carol  Ann  Irwin,  Norristown 

An  award  to  an  outstanding  student  majoring  in  elementary  education  who  has  demonstrated  qualities  of 
character,  scholarship,  leadership,  and  service,  and  who  has  successfully  completed  one  semester  of 
student  teaching. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARDS - 
French:   Daniel  Jay  Womer,  Lebanon 

Thomas  Gary  Hostetter,  Palmyra 

WALL  STREET  JOURNAL  AWARD  - 
John  William  Bitner,  Jr.,  Jersey  Shore 

Established  in  1948  by  The  Wall  Street  Journal  for  distinguished  work  in  the  Department  of  Economics  and 
Business  Administration.  The  award  consists  of  a  silver  medal  and  a  year's  subscription  to  The  Wall  Street 
Journal. 

WHO'S  WHO  IN  AMERICAN  UNIVERSITIES  AND  COLLEGES - 

William  Hartley  Allen,  Flourtown  Eileen  Faye  Houck,  New  Holland 

John  Muma  Beardsley,  Warren,  N.J.  Carol  Ann  Irwin,  Norristown 

Carol  Lynn  Benninger,  Drums  Craig  William  Linebaugh,  York 

John  William  Bitner,  Jr.,  Jersey  Shore  David  Eugene  Myers,  East  Berlin 

Robert  Charles  Greiner,  Elizabethtown  Gregory  Charles  Myers,  Red  Lion 

James  Arthur  Grube,  Summit,  N.J.  Glenn  Alan  Phelps,  Ellicott  City,  Md. 

Rolanda  Mae  Hofmann,  Waynesboro  Gregory  Everett  Scott,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Mary  Patricia  Horn  Nelson,  York  Susan  Jean  Shue,  Palmyra 

Thomas  Gary  Hostetter,  Palmyra  Nancy  Ann  Swenson,  Hohokus,  N.J. 

Recognition  in  Who's  Who  Among  Students  in  American  Universities  and  Colleges  is  awarded  annually  on 
the  basis  of  grades,  personal  character,  and  campus  leadership.  Final  selection  is  made  by  the  publishers. 


Not  always  awarded  to  seniors. 

136 


GENERAL  AWARDS 

ALUMNI  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARDS  - 
Georgene  Marie  Carmany,  Harrisburg 
Clair  Lynn  Fieldler,  Neptune,  N.J. 
Deborah  Lee  Meima,  Midland  Park,  N.J. 
Priscilla  Lenore  Roth,  Sinking  Spring 

These  awards,  authorized  by  the  Lebanon  Valley  College  Alumni  Association  in  June,  1953,  were  estab- 
lished with  the  resources  of  the  alumni  Life  Membership  Fund.  These  scholarships  are  granted  annually  to 
deserving  students  on  the  basis  of  character,  academic  achievement,  and  need;  the  recipients  of  these 
scholarships  to  be  designated  Alumni  Scholars. 

MAUD  P.  LAUGHLIN  SOCIAL  SCIENCE  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  - 
Thomas  Bruce  Davis,  Hershey 

Awarded  in  recognition  of  excellence  in  scholarship,  academic  progress,  campus  citizenship,  service  to  the 
institution,  participation  in  extra-curricular  activities. 

JOHN  F.  ZOLA  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  - 
Charles  Arthur  Rothermel,  Chester 
Awarded  by  the  Knights  of  the  Valley  to  a  full-time  student,  on  the  basis  of  character  and  financial  need. 

THE  BIOLOGICAL  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD - 
Connie  Jean  Brocious,  Timblin 

Established  in  1918  by  alumni  and  friends.  Awarded  annually  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Biology  on  the  basis  of  merit. 

MEDICAL  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  - 
Marianne  L.  Cake,  Hershey 
Established  in  1918  by  alumni  and  friends.  Awarded  annually  on  the  basis  of  merit. 

PHI  LAMBDA  SIGMA  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD - 
Not  awarded  in  1970 

Established  in  1962  by  Phi  Lambda  Sigma  and  awarded  on  the  bases  of  need,  academic  achievement,  and 
outstanding  service  to  the  organization. 

BRADFORD  CLIFFORD  ALBAN  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP - 
Not  awarded  in  1970 

Established  in  1964  by  Phi  Lambda  Sigma  and  awarded  on  the  basis  of  need,  academic  achievement,  and 
contribution  to  the  goals  of  the  College. 

THE  WOMAN'S  CLUB  OF  LEBANON  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  - 
Judith  Louise  Fonken,  Lebanon 

An  award  given  annually  by  the  Woman's  Club  of  Lebanon  to  a  person  from  Lebanon  County  enrolled  as  a 
full-time  student;  the  choice  to  be  based  on  financial  need,  scholarship,  and  character. 

ALICE  EVERS  BURTNER  MEMORIAL  AWARD - 
Donald  Wayne  Samples,  Lewisberry 

Established  in  1935  in  memory  of  Mrs.  Alice  Evers  Burtner,  Class  of  1883,  by  Daniel  E.  Burtner,  Samuel  J. 
Evers,  and  Evers  Burtner.  Awarded  to  an  outstanding  member  of  the  Junior  Class  selected  by  the  faculty  on 
the  basis  of  scholarship,  character,  social  promise,  and  need. 

DELTA  ALPHA  CHAPTER  OF  SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  AWARD  - 
Phyllis  Caroline  Bacher,  Drexel  Hill 

Established  in  1963  in  memory  of  Marcia  M.  Pickwell,  instructor  in  piano.  Given  annually  to  a  sophomore 
or  junior  woman  student  majoring  in  music;  selected  on  the  basis  of  need,  musicianship,  and  future 
promise  in  her  chosen  profession. 

137 


STUDENT  PENNSYLVANIA  STATE  EDUCATION  ASSOCIATION  AWARD - 
Not  awarded  in  1970 

Established  in  1967  by  the  local  chapter  of  the  Student  Pennsylvania  State  Education  Association.  Given  to 
a  member  on  the  bases  of  service  to  the  organization  and  portrayal  of  qualities  necessary  for  successful 
teaching. 

SOPHOMORE  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD  IN  CHEMISTRY - 
Elizabeth  Annette  Robinson,  Mechanicsburg 

Awarded  to  a  member  of  the  sophomore  class  majoring  in  chemistry  who  has  demonstrated  outstanding 
work  in  the  field  of  chemistry.  This  award  was  originated  by  the  Student  Affiliate  Chapter  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society. 

SOPHOMORE  PRIZE  IN  ENGLISH  LITERATURE  - 
Carol  Marie  Koch,  Havertown 
Ruth  Anne  Rehrig,  Hellertown 
Susan  Carol  Van  Houten,  Avon  by  the  Sea,  N.J. 

Established  by  the  Class  of  1928.  Awarded  to  the  three  best  students  in  Sophomore  English,  taking  into 
account  scholarship,  originality,  and  progress. 

PHYSICS  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD  - 
Robert  Charles  Shipe,  Harrisburg 

Awarded  to  the  outstanding  student  of  the  freshman  or  sophomore  class  in  the  first  year  physics  course. 
The  award  consists  of  a  copy  of  the  Handbook  of  Chemistry  and  Physics. 

THE  MAX  F.  LEHMAN  MEMORIAL  MATHEMATICS  PRIZE  - 
Roger  Allen  Heckman,  Mercersburg 

Established  by  the  Class  of  1907,  in  memory  of  a  classmate.  Awarded  to  that  member  of  the  freshman  class 
who  shall  have  attained  the  highest  standing  in  mathematics. 

FLORENCE  WOLF  KNAUSS  MEMORIAL  AWARD  IN  MUSIC - 
Cynthia  Drout,  Lancaster 

Awarded  annually  to  the  freshman  girl  who  displays  the  following  basic  qualities:  (1)  musicianship  with 
performing  ability;  (2)  reasonably  high  academic  standing;  (3)  cooperation,  dependability,  and  loyalty  to 
the  College. 

MATHEMATICS  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD - 
Thomas  Emery  Beresford,  Newtown 
Claire  Lynn  Fiedler,  Neptune,  N.J. 
Becky  Diane  Huber,  Trumbauersville 

Awarded  to  a  student  in  calculus  on  the  bases  of  achievement,  progress  and  industry.  The  award  consists 
of  a  copy  of  the  new  edition  of  the  Chemical  Rubber  Company's  book  on  Standard  Mathematics  Tables. 

FRESHMAN  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD  IN  CHEMISTRY - 
George  Joseph  Casey,  Jr.,  Lancaster 
Roger  Allen  Heckman,  Mercersburg 

Awarded  to  a  member  of  the  freshman  class  majoring  in  chemistry  who  has  demonstrated  outstanding 
work  in  the  field  of  chemistry.  This  award  was  originated  by  the  Student  Affiliate  Chapter  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  -  THE  DEAN'S  HONOR  AWARD  - 
Louise  Bauman  Waring,  Gilbertville 

Awarded  to  a  member  of  Delta  Alpha  Chapter  on  the  basis  of  scholarship,  musicianship  and  fraternity 
service  and  in  recognition  of  her  outstanding  achievement  and  contribution  to  the  fraternity. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD - 
Linda  Suzanne  Ammlung,  Clifton  Heights 

Awarded  annually  by  the  Philadelphia  Alumnae  Chapter  of  Sigma  Alpha  lota  to  a  junior  member  of  Delta 
Alpha  Chapter  on  the  basis  of  talent  and  need. 

138 


PICKWELL  MEMORIAL  MUSIC  AWARD  - 
Marilyn  Lee  Whitmire,  Williamsport 

Established  in  1963  in  memory  of  Marcia  M.  Pickwell,  faculty  member  of  the  Department  of  Music. 
Awarded  annually  to  a  junior  music  major  who  has  demonstrated  outstanding  pianistic  ability  and  promise. 

ACHIEVEMENT  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  IN  ECONOMICS  AND  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  - 
Nancy  Faye  McLean,  Pine  Grove 
Michael  Saltzburg,  Overbrook  Hills 

Awarded  to  students  majoring  in  economics  and  business  administration  for  outstanding  scholarship  in 
economics  and  business  administration  and  for  good  campus  citizenship.  Established  in  1965  by  the 
People's  National  Bank  of  Lebanon,  Pennsylvania. 

LA  VIE  COLLEGIENNE  AWARD - 
Dale  Edward  Fetzer,  Jr.,  Media 
Robert  William  Johnston,  Canonsburg 

The  LA  VIE  COLLEGIENNE  Award,  established  in  1964  by  the  Rev.  Bruce  C.  Souders  '44,  a  former  editor  of 
LA  VIE  COLLECIENNE,  seeks  to  acknowledge  the  contribution  of  students  to  good  campus  public  relations 
through  leadership  and  responsibility  in  the  publication  of  the  campus  newspaper.  It  is  awarded  annually 
to  an  upperclassman  and  to  a  freshman  on  the  staff  of  the  newspaper. 

AMERICAN  ASSOCIATION  OF  TEACHERS  OF  SPANISH  AND  PORTUGUESE  AWARD  - 
Lois  Johns  Keiter,  Palmyra 
Linda  Maureen  Shaw,  Abington,  Md. 

Established  in  1968,  this  medal  is  awarded  (according  to  the  American  Association  of  Teachers  of  Spanish 
and  Portuguese)  by  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages,  to  a  Spanish  student  who  in  a  minimum  of 
two  year's  regular  work  has  achieved  real  excellence. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARDS - 
French:   .  Shirley  Cline  Baker,  Palmyra 

Connilu  N.  Givler,  York 

Ruth  Ellen  McAllister,  East  Northport,  N.Y. 
German:    Christine  Susan  Becker,  Woodbury,  N.J. 

Cynthia  Drout,  Lancaster 

Nancy  Ruth  Hostetter,  Harrisburg 

Peter  Nelson  Pyles,  Lebanon 

Robert  William  Johnston,  Canonsburg 
Spanish:    Glenn  David  Deaven,  Jonestown 

Lynn  Beth  Merluzzi,  Lehighton 

Evelyn  Grace  Nottingham,  Carlisle 

GERMAINE  BENEDICTUS  MONTEUX  MUSIC  AWARD 
Dorothy  Ellen  Fine,  Annville 

Established  in  1968  by  Denise  Monteux  Lanese  in  memory  of  her  mother,  Cermaine  Benedictus  Monteux. 
This  award  is  given  annually  to  a  sophomore  or  junior  student  majoring  in  music  or  music  education  as 
designated  by  the  Department  of  Music  on  the  bases  of  outstanding  personal  attitudes,  effort,  and  progress 
in  musical  development,  and  need. 


139 


CORRESPONDENCE  DIRECTORY 

TO  FACILITATE  PROMPT  ATTENTION,  INQUIRIES 
SHOULD  BE  ADDRESSED  AS  INDICATED  BELOW: 

Matters  of  General  College  Interest President 

Academic  Program Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College 

Admissions Director  of  Admissions 

Alumni  Interests Director  of  Alumni  Relations 

Business  Matters,  Expenses Vice  President  and  Controller 

Campus  Conferences Coordinator  of  Conferences 

Development  and  Bequests Director  of  Development 

Evening  and  Summer  Schools Assistant  Dean  of  the  College 

Financial  Aid  to  Students Financial  Aid  Officer 

Placement: 

Teacher  Placement Director  of  Teacher  Placement 

Business  and  Industrial Director  of  Industrial  Placement 

Publication  and  Publicity Director  of  Public  Relations 

Religious  Activities Chaplain 

Student  Interests Dean  of  Men  or  Dean  of  Women 

Transcripts,  Academic  Reports Registrar 

ADDRESS  ALL  MAIL  TO: 

Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003 

DIRECT  ALL  TELEPHONE  CALLS  TO: 

Lebanon  Valley  College 

Annville,  Pennsylvania 

Area  Code  717         Local  Number  867-3561 

REGULAR  OFFICE  HOURS  FOR  TRANSACTING  BUSINESS: 

College  office  hours  are  from  8:30  a.m.  to  12:00  noon  and  1 :00  p.m.  to  5:00  p.m.  Mon- 
day through  Friday.  Members  of  the  staff  are  available  for  interviews  at  other  times  if 
appointments  are  made  in  advance. 


140 


Index 


Absence  52 

Academic  Classification 51 

Academic  Dishonesty   52 

Academic  Offices 113 

Academic  Probation 53 

Academic  Programs  and  Procedures 26 

Academic  Procedures    50 

Academic  Program 26 

Academic  Requirements  27 

Accreditation 11 

Activities,  Student   54 

Actuarial  Science,  Outline  of  Program 30 

Actuarial  Science,  Plan  of  Study  in 89 

Administration  Building   14 

Administrative  Staff  119 

Administrative  Regulations   52 

Admissions  Deposit   23 

Admissions,  Requirements  and  Information 21 

Advanced  Placement   22 

Advisers,  Faculty 50 

Aid,  Student 25 

Aims  of  the  College    11 

Alpha  Phi  Omega 57 

Alpha  Psi  Omega  57 

Alumni  Office     15 

Alumni  Organization  128 

Anthropology,  Courses  in 110 

Application   Fee   23 

Application  for  Admission 21 

Art,  Courses  in 62 

Assistant  to  the  President 119 

Assistants,  Student  Departmental    118 

Athletics 59 

Athletics,  Aims  and  Objectives 59 

Attendance,  Chapel    52 

Attendance,  Class  52 

Auditing  Courses  50 

Auditions,  Department  of  Music 22 

Auxiliary  Schools    48 

Auxiliary  School  Fees   23 

Award  Conferred,  1970   134 

Baccalaureate,  Attendance  at 29 

Balmer  Showers  Lectures  56 

Band,  All-Girl   96 

Band,    Symphonic    96 

Basketball    59 

Biology,  Courses  in  63 

Biology,  Marine   49 

Board  Fees 23 

Board   of  Trustees   124 

Board  of  Trustees,  Committees 127 

Board  of  Trustees,  Officers   124 

Buildings  and  Equipment  14 


Business  Administration,  Courses  in    69 

Business  Administration,  Outline  of  Course 34 

Business   Management    122 

Campus  Employment 25 

Campus,  Buildings  and  Equipment    14 

Campus  Organizations    57 

Carnegie  Lounge    15 

Cars,  Student  Rules  Concerning    52 

Certification,  Requirements, 

Public  School  Teachers 36-37,44-46 

Change  of  Registration  50 

Chapel  Building    14 

Chapel  Choir 57,  96 

Chapel-Convocation   Program    55 

Chemistry,  Courses  in  65 

Chemistry,  Outline  of  Course  32 

Class  Attendance    52 

Clubs,    Departmental     57 

College  Bookstore    15 

College   Calendar,   1970-1971    3 

College  Calendar,  1971-1972 5 

College  Center  15 

College   Chorus    96 

College  Dining  Hall    15 

College  Entrance  Examination  Board  Tests    21 

College  History 9 

College  Honors  Program    47 

College  Profile   8 

College   Relations  Area    121 

Commencement,  Attendance  at 29 

Committees,  Board  of  Trustees 127 

Committees.  Faculty   123 

Computer  Programming  66 

Concert  Choir    96 

Concurrent  Courses   50 

Contingency   Deposit    23 

Cooperative  Programs    38 

Cooperating  Training  Teachers    118 

Correspondence    Directory    140 

Counseling  and  Placement 51 

Course  Credit    61 

Course  Numbering  System    61 

Courses  of  Study  by  Departments 60 

Credits  Earned  at  Another  Institution 22 

Cross  Country 59 

Cultural   Opportunities    57 

Cum  Laude  Graduates,  1970 132 

Degrees  Conferred,  1970   131 

Degrees,  Requirements  for 27 

Delta  Tau  Chi  56 

Denominational  Organizations   56 

Departmental  Assistants   118 


141 


Departmental  Clubs 57 

Departmental   Honors,  1970    133 

Departments,  Courses  of  Study  by 60 

Development  Office 15 

Directories   112 

Discontinuance  of  Courses    50 

Dismissal     53 

Distribution  Requirements    29 

Dramatic  Organizations     57 

Economics  and  Business  Administration, 

Courses  in  67 

Economics  and  Business  Administration, 

Outline  of  Course 34 

Education,  Courses  in  71 

Elementary  Education,  Courses  in     72 

Elementary  Education,  Outline  of  Course    36 

Elementary  Education  — 

Subject  Matter  Requirements    44 

Emeriti    Professors    113 

Employment    25 

Endowment  Funds    16 

Engineering,  Cooperative  Program, 

Outline  of  Course 38 

Engineering,  Plan  of  Study  in    89 

English,  Courses  in    75 

Engle  Hall    15 

Enrollment  Statistics 19 

Entrance  Requirements    21 

Evening  Classes 48 

Examinations  27 

Examination,  College  Entrance  Board    21 

Expenses 23 

Extension  Courses 49 

Extra-Curricular  Activities    54 

Facilities     14 

Faculty    113 

Faculty  Advisers    50 

Faculty  Committees 123 

Fees  and  Deposits 23 

Financial  Aid   25 

Football    59 

Foreign  Languages,  Courses  in    78 

Foreign  Language  Requirements 29 

Forestry,  Cooperative  Program, 

Outline  of  Course 38 

French  Club 57 

French,  Courses  in    79 

Freshman  Orientation    50 

Furnishings,  Residence  Halls 24 

General  Alumni  Organization   128 

General  Requirements  29 


Geography,  Course  in    81 

Geology,  Course  in 81 

German,  Courses  in    79 

Golf    59 

Gossard  Memorial  Library 14 

Governing  Bodies  58 

Grade  Point  Average    28 

Grading  and  Quality  Points,  System  of    28 

Grading,  Pass-Fail   28 

Green  Blotter  Club  57 

Greek,  Courses  in   80 

Gymnasium  15 

Hazing    52 

Health  Reports    21 

Health  Services 15,  122 

History  and  Political  Science,  Courses  in     83 

History,  College    9 

History,  Courses  in   83 

Honorary  Degrees,  1970 133 

Honorary  Organizations    57 

Honors  Program    47 

Hours,  Limit  of  Credit    51 

Independent  Study 48 

Independent  Study,  Chemistry   65 

Independent  Study,  Economics 67 

Independent  Study,  Education    71 

Independent  Study,  English     75 

Independent  Study,  Foreign  Languages    78 

Independent  Study,  History   83 

Independent  Study,  Political  Science 86 

Independent  Study,  Mathematics    88 

Independent  Study,  Music  and  Music  Education  .  .92 

Independent  Study,  Philosophy 99 

Independent  Study,  Physics     101 

Independent  Study,  Psychology   104 

Independent  Study,  Religion   107 

Independent  Study,  Sociology 109 

Information  for  Prospective  Students     20 

Infirmary    15 

Institutional   Rules    58 

Instructors    117 

Insurance  Plan  and  Fee 23 

Intercollegiate  Athletic  Programs 59 

Interdisciplinary  Course   87 

Investment  Club    57 

Junior  Year  Abroad     49 

Laboratory  Fees  and  Deposits    23 

Lacrosse    59 

Laughlin   Hall    15 

La  Vie  Collegienne 57 


142 


Library  Facilities    14 

Limit  of  Hours  51 

Loans    25 

Location  and  Environment     12 

L.V.  Varsity  Club    59 

Lynch  Memorial  Building     15 

Major  Requirements     27 

Marine  Biology  Program  49 

Map,  Campus    13 

Map,  Mileage    12 

Mathematical  Physics,  Plan  of  Study  in     89 

Mathematics,  Courses  in    88 

Meals    25 

Medical  Examinations     21 

Medical  Technology,  Cooperative  Program, 

Outline  of  Course     39 

Music,  Conducting      97 

Music,  Courses  in    91 

Music  Education,  Courses  in      91 

Music  Education,  Outline  of  Course     42 

Music  Fees      23 

Music,  Instrumental  Courses   95 

Music,  History  and  Appreciation  of    97 

Music,  Methods  and  Materials    94 

Music,  Outline  of  Course     40 

Music,  Preparatory  Courses     97 

Music,  Special  Requirements     91 

Music,  Student  Teaching   95 

Music,  Theory  of     92 

Musical  Instruction,  Individual    97 

Musical   Organizations    96 

Night  Classes     49 

Nursing,  Cooperative  Program, 
Outline  of  Course  39 

Objectives  of  the  College   11 

Office  of  President 119 

Officers,  Board  of  Trustees 124 

Organ    Rental   Fees    23 

Organs,  Specifications  of  98 

Orientation    50 

Parking,  Student  Rules  on    52 

Part-Time  Student  Fees   23 

Payment  of  Fees  and  Deposits 23 

Philosophy,  Courses  in     99 

Physical  Education,  Courses  in    82 

Physical  Education,  Requirement    29 

Physical  Examinations     21 


Physics,  Courses  in    101 

Placement    51 

Political  Science,  Courses  in    85 

Practice  Teaching 37,  43,  44-46,  73-74,  95 

Pre-Dental  Curriculum     39 

Pre-Medical  Curriculum     39 

Presidents  of  the  College     10 

Presidential   Scholarships    25 

Pre-Veterinary  Curriculum     39 

Principles  and  Objectives    11 

Private  Music  Instruction     97 

Prizes  Awarded,  1970   134 

Probation,  Academic    53 

Procedures,  Academic    50 

PROJECT    56 

Professional  Curricula,  Special  Plans  for    30 

Professors     114 

Professors,  Assistant 115 

Professors,  Associate  114 

Professors,  Emeriti    113 

Psychology,  Courses  in  104 

Public  Relations    15 

Public  School  Certification 

Requirements   36-37,  44-46 

Public  School  Music,  Outline  of  Course    42 

Publications,   Student    57 


Quality  Points,  System  of 28 

Quittapahilla,  The 57 


Readmission    53 

Recitals,  Student   98 

Recognition    Groups     57 

Recreation     59 

Refund  Policy    24 

Registration    50 

Regulations,  Administrative     52 

Religion  and  Life  Lectureships 56 

Religion,  Courses  in    107 

Religious    Emphasis    Week    56 

Religious  Life     55 

Repetition  of  Courses     50 

Requirements,  Admission    21 

Requirements,  Degrees    27 

Residence  Halls     15 

Residence  Halls,  Regulations     24 

Residence  Requirement     27 

Rules,  Institutional  58 

Russian,  Courses  in     80 


SaylorHall     15 

Schedules,  Arrangement  of   51 


143 


Scholarships     25 

Scholarship  Funds     17 

Science  Hall     15 

Secondary  Education,  Courses  in    73 

Secondary  Education  —  Subject  Matter 

Requirements    45 

Semester  Hours     27 

Semester  Hour  Limitations     51 

Social  Organizations   57 

Sociology,  Courses  in  109 

South  Hall    15 

Spanish,  Courses  in 80 

Special  Plans  of  Study     30 

Statistics,  Plan  of  Study     88 

Student  Activities     54 

Student  Affairs   120 

Student   Finances    23 

Student  Awards,  1970   134 

Student  Departmental  Assistants 118 

Student   Government    58 

Student  Recitals     98 

Student  Teaching 37,  43,  44-46,  73-74,  95 

Student  Teaching  Fees    23 


Summer   Session    48 

Sunday  Church  Services  56 

Support  and  Control     16 

Suspension     53 

Symphonic  Band    96 

Symphony  Orchestra    57,  96 

Teacher  Placement  Bureau     15 

Teaching   Aides    118 

Teaching,  Certification  Requirements   .  .36-37,44-46 

Teaching   Interns    118 

Track    59 

Transcripts      52 

Transfer  Credit    22 

Transfer  Students    29 

Trustees,  Board  of  124 

University  Center  at  Harrisburg     49 

Withdrawal    53 

Withdrawal  Refunds     24 

Wrestling   59 


144